The Pyramids and Triangles
The Pyramids and Triangles: Book 1
A War Scenario Full of Delusions
Visions About Dimensions
Before this story begins, I want to explain the working of virtual
rooms. Imagine a virtual room created by light. By bundling light, a
reflection is created. When several beams of light are bundled together, in
the shape of a cube, one can speak of a virtual room. By combining
multiple virtual rooms, a light tunnel is created. These are the basics.
A dimension is a secret location or hidden space, which can only be
reached by entering portals. The two areas are connected by a light tunnel,
portals are used for entry and exit.
The combination of light tunnels and portals is called: a portal
system. If someone or something enters a dimension, one can speak of
movement in light tunnels by using a portal system.
Certain forms of light can pass through most matter, think of X-ray
technology. If a person could position the body in a beam of light, that is
powerful enough, that person could walk through walls! It also involves
sound, which should be audible on the other side.
For civilisations that possess the technology of moving in light
tunnels, warfare is based on this technology and is completely different to
the warfare of this century on Earth, with strange weapons and strategies,
and strange events and surprises. Two enemies, meeting each other in a
light tunnel, must combat hand-to-hand, as the use of bullets will probably
make the light tunnel splash, with the result that both attacker and defender
die. It becomes fist on fist, or sword on sword combat, just like in ancient
times, when it came to physical abilities and martial arts.
Many popular stories about warfare of this kind have been circulated
for a long time. It is the subject of imagination and fantasy. For example,
some think that all iron will melt by itself and that bullets will not affect
people at all, and people hold other such fantasy-based views. They
sometimes deviate from realism.
However, square and triangular objects have previously been seen on
Earth. These objects maintain the portal systems leading to the dimensions
(hidden spaces or secret locations and passageways (tunnels)). Light tunnels
can pass through the passageways (also called corridors) and secret
locations.
Some rooms do not possess doors, they can only be accessed by
entering the portals.
The image is for clarification:
An image of someone, who is inside a virtual room:
The room is powered by an energy source, shown by a star. Several
rooms connected, form an imaginary whole, within which people can
communicate with each other and are able to get through. This is a proper
model.
To repeat, not every kind of light is visible, so the event is difficult for
people to recognise. Often, it remains a reflection in the mind, which makes
it difficult to capture an image with modern equipment.
The Real Spectacle
The event commences with a police raid. A raid by the Dutch police.
A big building with multiple police cars, parked in front of it. The
building looks like a large sports complex.
A hostage situation is taking place and potentially dangerous
criminals may be in the building. The police surround the building.
What looks like a normal police raid, turns into a surprise. Strange
events, one would never expect, are about to take place. The police officers
are surprised by the unknown, warfare different than nowadays warfare.
The police officers are walking through the hallways of the building,
looking for the criminals. Suddenly, twilight falls and the building seems to
start shaking and moving. It is like the cops cannot see their surroundings
anymore, they are watching something unfold. A hallucination?
The police officers are ambushed by an opposing group. Meanwhile,
they enter their dimensions, without noticing something. The building
seems to move and the police officers are rushing forward. They split into
two groups, both getting lost in the hallway. The strange phenomenon is,
that it seems as if the hallway is infinite and that the rooms are not as they
appear to be. A thick, misty electronic fog hangs over the building.
As the police officers explore the building, their opponents lurk on
them. The officers are under fire from somewhere. It seems that the shots
come out of nowhere. The police officers take cover in the rooms, among
the furniture. On the walls, it seems that gates appear. From the gates
appear a group of people, who come out and fire at the cops. They are
pursued by another group, shooting at them.
The uniformed police officers hold them both at gunpoint, a
misunderstanding that is quickly unravelled by the groups involved. The
people pursuing the unknown group turn out to be secret agents, genuine
police officers from different countries.
In the beginning, firefights take place, during which there is fighting
from room to room. The strange experience about this firefight is that
several other groups of people get involved. The rooms appear normal.
However, enemies emerge out of nowhere, from within portals. Every room
has its surprises.
The secret agents fight violently, better prepared than the rest. Despite
this fact, many officers die and many get injured.
What is understood by the police officers, is that the prime suspect is
one man. A leader figure, who likely knows more about this warfare and
who can explain more about their mission…
The gunfights carry on. The police officers and secret agents discuss
what to do next and decide to take extreme measures and clear the building
of opponents. As they advance further, they encounter something interesting
and decide to watch from a distance.
It appears that in a hall in the building, an event takes place,
something strange. People are working on something in the hall, they
appear to be ‘unknown secret agents’. Blue-coloured radiation, which
people recognise as alien, is visible to the eyes. The blue radiating lines
seem to cover the space. In the middle of the hall stands a large portal,
which seems to be the main entrance, leading to somewhere. Its colour is
purple.
The people, who have gathered there, want to activate the portal, to
attract and eliminate those, who make use of it.
This event is carried out in phases. At first, weird green creatures,
which look like reptilians, come out. The second attempt brings another
strange species into the space, beings about one metre long. It seems that
the beings, who are associated with reptilians, are easily slaughtered; the
smaller beings offer a lot of resistance because they carry strange weapons.
They carry something like crystals in their hands, with which they can
create fire fireballs.
It appears that a research centre for the study of humans is operational
at the location; the Dutch police officers assume that the human body is
being examined. The aliens appear to have examined the full genome of the
human body in this complex.
The information must not fall into enemy hands! A hostile civilisation
could use knowledge about the human body as a weapon of war.
Call it ‘force’ or ‘psych force’. Think of a force as the force
caterpillars possess; a force, with which they can lift and move other
insects, for example, ants. It is also a force that compels other insects to do
things against their own will.
It is important to learn why the aliens bother to explore the human
body on Earth. It seems that they are looking for something that is not yet
clear to humans. It is a mystery why and how this research is carried out on
Earth. Are they searching for the unknown?
A group of police officers do not trust the situation and do not want to
stand still and watch furthermore. This unknown group of secret agents are
being interrupted by the Dutch police officers.
The unknown group of secret agents seem to know the situation better
than they do; it becomes obvious that they are looking for the information
the aliens have stored in their systems. Discord ensues between these two
groups and the unknown group of secret agents is accused of treachery and
espionage. Weapons are drawn, positions are taken. A firefight ensues.
The unknown secret agents are spies. They do not look like police
officers in uniform, because they are dressed in everyday clothes. The
sticking point of this event is that the fighters of each group pretend to be
different. For example, members of the CIA pose as members of the AIVD
(Dutch police/agents) and so on. This has created a tough battle between
secret agents, competing among themselves. The battles take place in the
hallways and rooms of the building, some of which are reached by portals,
by moving in light tunnels. Different groups of people meet each other; it is
exciting every time because there are also many opponents of the common
enemy, the unknown group of people, among them.
It turns out that the complex has upper floors, which are full of
opponents of the common enemy, who are able to use and control these
portals. Earth's genuine police officers and secret agents decide to stop
fighting each other and combine powers and instead fight to the top of the
building together. It is immensely difficult for them because the opposing
force includes shooters, who are as good as the genuine police officers and
secret agents themselves.
During the fight, the secret agents and police officers are often
surprised by the common enemy, who use the portals to their advantage.
The best-trained shooters on Earth try to control the situation. A
group of secret agents and police officers adapt completely to the warfare
using the portals and are overwhelming the enemy.
After conquering the upper floors on the common enemy, they reach a
stairwell they have to climb. They climb the stairs. They find some clues,
indicating that a control room is located on the upper floor. This room must
be located behind the walls… Soon, they locate the portal that should lead
to the control room. This one is closed by encryption!
After a while, they manage to activate the portal. They jump into the
portal in quick succession, to avoid being surprised. The first men go in
shooting and hit the leader of these unknown fighters in the arm; some
others are shot dead. The leader will be taken in as a prisoner of war, cared
for and tied up. He will be interrogated at the location.
The leader is being harshly questioned. He insists that he cannot give
any information. After hours of questioning and after healing the man’s
wound, his interrogators decipher some clues.
It turns out that a system exists, based on pyramids and triangles. This
system makes use of a large rail system in space. The rail system is based
on (light) frequencies and generates magnetism by synchronising two
frequencies. Two frequencies create noise, an indication that magnetism
occurs.
They are being told that currently all people, who are present in the
control room, are present in a pyramid-shaped object, which is able to fly.
They are further told that it is too dangerous to send away the
pyramids, without sufficient knowledge about this technology.
The triangles are a product and are manufactured from within the
pyramids, like being printed. These are also controlled by the pyramids.
The triangle-shaped objects hold up the portal system, providing the system
with light frequencies.
The secret agents and police officers want to proceed. They realise
that they are in control of the triangles, which power the light tunnels and
portals. They must find a way to stop these beings from endangering Earth.
This is likely to be their last mission on Earth because they have figured out
that the only way to achieve this, is to return the pyramid to where it came
from.
The leader figure insists that they have not built the pyramids and
triangles. Upon further questioning, he tells a strange story about his search
for the creature he calls the devil. He says his people have conquered this
pyramid by defeating creatures that look like shades; one of them should be
the devil. Fearing the devil and this mighty technology, and weaponry,
many races have tried to conquer the pyramids and triangles, by defeating
the loyal followers of the devil.
He speaks about the pyramids-and-triangles system, explaining that
these were built in the past and that these cannot be thought out of the
military arsenal of certain races. He assumes that the devil controls the
same system and that the being possesses the ability to move in the light
tunnels. He warns the agents that he believes the devil is in control of the
portal systems on Earth and that the being is planning expeditions from
Earth to other areas of space.
They are being told that the devil's armies possess several unknown
technologies. Like an electronic lounger, a chair connected to a computer,
that freezes the body and soul, a process that allows the soul to move in the
light tunnels, which a being can use to combine souls and mutate people
and animals to link the souls together. A fight with the devil means an
overwhelming experience for the people, that only mentally healthy,
benevolent and fanatical people can handle. Not all people will dare to
fight. Besides, many people will get captured and will be forced into a fight
like that of a slave against humanity. This will create a strange situation
because the devil gets the chance to interfere with the people.
The war against the devil is important, since many other human-like
beings, who have been hiding and living in other corners of the Universe,
are also interfering with Earth because the devil has chosen Earth as a base
of operations. This explains the interest in Earth! The devil expands its
influence and poses a danger to the health of all living beings on Earth and
in the adjacent Universe.
He claims that his ancestors’ land probably originates from Earth too.
However, his entire family has been chained to the pyramids and triangles.
Life as a slave… ‘In your everyday life, you are constantly confronted with
orders from the devil and its slaves:’ he says. He calls the groups of slaves:
‘The companions’ (from now on, this term refers to the common enemy).
‘You do not know what it is like to live like this:’ he adds.
He and his companions have lived under the slavery of the devil for
years; together they have visited several planets, reached using the
technology based on the pyramids and triangles.
He does not want to give more information and advises against
moving the pyramid because this could be the beginning of the end, a war
that would never end and that would deal the citizens of the world a
psychological blow. People would be afraid in their homes, afraid of being
confronted by the devil and its companions. Furthermore, the world as we
know would end. He warns about a massive attack on Earth, from his home
planet.
Partway through the interrogation of the leader figure, the technicians
succeed in moving the pyramid. They test a random destination on the
control panel.
The leader figure smiles and he comments: ‘So be it.’
The pyramid moves towards space. On the screen of the control
panel, they see themselves accelerating to high speeds towards a portal.
They can feel the pyramid vibrate. After a while, it takes on a tremendous
speed. It feels like they are all on a roller coaster, accelerating straight
ahead, at high speed.
Just before the acceleration becomes unbearable for the human body,
the pyramid enters the portal and moves through a light tunnel. Only light
can be seen, light everywhere, their bodies are less tense now.
After a while in this glow, they come out of the light tunnel with a
thunderous sound. They seem to float over a planet. The people are
wondering if they are back on planet Earth again. It quickly becomes clear
that this is an alien planet!
After a few minutes, the sensors in the control room indicate that
intruders are arriving. The police officers and secret agents want to repel
this attack. Unfortunately, they do not know and are not able to figure out
how to get out of the control room. They must wait patiently for their
arrival, like sitting ducks.
The intruders invade. The way they come in is a complete surprise.
The control room is so poorly subdivided, that defending it is almost
impossible. The police officers are overwhelmed by their numbers. The
invasion seems to end immediately. There are no casualties. The pyramid is
back in the hands of the companions.
The transmission disconnects…
Explanation of the Event
Studying the event has become important for scientists. They
conclude that if one knows where the portals are located and knows the
correct sequence in the portal system, it would not be that difficult to
conquer a pyramid, held by an opponent…
It is a weird way of waging war… One that does not correspond to
the current scale of warfare, the technology differs. It must be presented this
way: the attacker settles with a pyramid-shaped object above a certain area.
The object, which optionally floats above the planet, is connected or hooked
to a rail system, which is created by tuning two frequencies to each other,
creating electrostatic energy. Using the principle of positive (+ (S/N)) and
negative (– (N/S)), in other words: magnetism, by which the object is able
to float. The rail system gives the pyramids and triangles the ability to float
and determines the direction, in which the objects are able to move.
The pyramids control the triangles. The pyramids serve as a mainstay
for the triangles, which feed the light tunnels and portals, which are
connected to the passageways and secret locations. So, these areas can only
be reached through portals, which are fed with light by the triangles.
This is the object, shown in a picture, taken in Moscow years ago:
In the newspapers, people could read about something that probably
had to represent another form of facial deception. However, this object had
become visible at the hands of something or someone. Normally, the object
was visually undetectable. It was floating in the air, totally invisible.
Normally, the object was hiding behind a so-called ‘dimension’. This
pyramid was positioned in a way that it moved along with the rotating
Earth. The object, in this case, as seen on the image, was briefly shot out of
its position. It was a movement, the pyramid sometimes had to make, to give
a correct turn or direction. This time it was almost shot out, making it
briefly visible to the human eye.
The people, travelling through light tunnels, can experience it as
though they can fly. It should be presented this way: a light tunnel is created
through the triangle by using light. The ones, who enter the portals, can
physically be present and fight in the light tunnels. However, attacking this
portal system seems unsafe, as the entrances and exits, the portals, could be
withdrawn or repositioned, which makes it difficult for the opponents to
reach the target. Besides, they could fall into a trap.
Because walking in these light tunnels is risky, engineers from planet
Earth have developed a unique system, an electronic lounger, a computer
that hooks the body and the soul. The opponent lies down in this electronic
lounger. Around the body, a beam of light appears, which is fed by a
supercomputer. People chain this device to the portal system by using a
transmitter and receiver with north/south (N/S) to south/north (S/N)
polarity. The transmitter transmits a radio signal towards the portal system
and receives it back immediately, creating magnetic energy, which hooks to
the light beam. The light beam also possesses magnetic energy, because
bundling two frequencies of light causes the generation of magnetic energy
(N/S). Now, N/S and S/N polarity attract each other. This opponent now
operates a little bit more independently of the holder of the pyramids, the
person has a handhold on the own supercomputer. Now, they are able to
move through the portal systems with more convenience and safety.
An electronic lounger gives the opponents more chance to avoid
being captured by the holders of the pyramids-and-triangles system. They
can be attracted back to the device if necessary.
When the opponents are chained to an electronic lounger, to a
supercomputer, and move in the light tunnels, they gain some control.
Imagine that 006, a randomly chosen number indicating an organisation of
spies, is chained to a beam of light, using this equipment; 006 enters the
portal system and encounters the hostile 007, who is not chained. Now, 007
is vulnerable to both 006 and the holders of the pyramids and triangles. 006
is able to operate almost freely until the portal system is broken by the
holders of this system or by another hostile organisation. So, it is about how
this system is accessed. Humans are ingenious, so there are countless ways.
Each way, every ingenious invention compatible with this system of
pyramids and triangles, benefits the holder. In other words, the culprit
receives any method or code used. It makes use of copying (mirroring)
technology. To walk in the portal system, the supercomputer (the
mainframe) must be aligned with that of the culprit. Otherwise, the
defenders (humanity, in this case, is the opposing force), who have to attack
the pyramids-and-triangles system, will have a big disadvantage.
A network of pyramids and triangles scattered around the world can
drastically reduce distances. At top speeds, the body can move from point A
to B by using a portal. The speed can be controlled by lowering and
increasing the voltage, creating a weaker or stronger electromagnetic field
as desired.
What happens next? If the defenders of Earth, or shall we say
attackers, who attack the pyramids, are captured, they must carry out the
orders of the culprits or they will be tortured. Think about no food and
drink, also worse forms of torture.
The culprits can use these people as slaves in this dimensional world,
without being bothered by others. These people can simply return to the
normal world and take part in normal living, yet they remain under the
influence of these culprits, they remain chained and compelled to follow
orders. The average person may not notice any strange behaviour. Once
chained to the supercomputer, the people can only carry out orders.
Briefly, walking in a dimension means walking in a secret location
and in the passageways, accessed by using portals. Because the distinction
between a dead end and a passage is difficult to make for the defenders of
Earth (repeat: those attacking the pyramids and triangles), these defenders
can easily fall into a trap. Not all spaces need to have an exit and not all
exits need to be visible. Some locations seem normal; some are virtual
rooms and light tunnels, in control of the pyramids-and-triangles system.
They capture some people in a small dimension, in a small trap, an
artefact in the shape of a pyramid. So, the rooms may be virtual rooms
leading to a trap; these paths are dead ends, a small artefact that secures a
person in a beam of light. These people are later placed in a somewhat
larger virtual room, a virtual prison. It is a device, shaped like a cube, which
I call: BAK. Later these people come out again, as slaves.
The situation should be seen like this: almost all light tunnels (paths)
possess an exit (portal). Some do lead to the control room. They divert
some paths into a room with a dead end. They capture people, this is
achieved with small pyramid-shaped objects, that secure a person in a beam
of light. The exit can therefore lead to an office or an ordinary home. A spy
or culprit with this knowledge and the means could control an entire area
from his home, so to speak. A portal system can be secretly set up to
conquer or control an area held by an opponent. Call it: a modern ‘Trojan
horse’.
People, who are moving in the light tunnels, in a beam of light, can
become much smaller or even taller than normal length because they make
use of a time gate. This phenomenon is caused by a ‘momentum’ in time, a
good or a bad momentum, a good or wrong tuning of the light frequencies
determines if a person becomes smaller or taller, compared to the
opponent...
In Islam, there is talk about the Prophet Isa, who managed to oppose
the Antichrist; when he swung his sword, he only was able to reach his feet!
Imagine someone hanging from a beam of light, captured by a small
pyramid-shaped object, pocket-sized. The person is poured into the BAK.
The person is living in a virtual prison now. This person is completely
dependent on the culprit and the situation could be abused; thus, one can
talk about ‘modern slavery’. No one would notice!
Often, joining forces with the culprits is a gradual process. Their
population is growing. Many innocent people are also becoming involved.
Some people are taking part voluntarily. Eventually, these people can
pretend to be ‘us’, in the areas where they live. Think of the important
positions, that are filled in a country and when these positions gradually fall
into evil hands. Think about 006 = 007, or shall we say: 007 = 007… When
this code changes, control of the country, or an area, has changed hands.
When control of this system of pyramids and triangles falls into the hands
of an organisation of spies, a terrorist organisation or a criminal network,
control of an area, virtually seen, is in the hands of these groups…!
To the normal eye, the people, who move in the light tunnels can be
mistaken for a shadow, a black shadow with long fingers moving rapidly
through space. There are several techniques, these are all similar. Some
apparitions are slightly visible to the human eye, while others need to be
traced because they are transparent.
To that extent, I have tried to explain how the portal system is built up
concerning the people moving in and out and how the body moves in the
light tunnels, using portals; I have broadly described the network of
pyramids and triangles.
The people, who move in the light tunnels cannot attack each other
using firearms, which is why in the light tunnels, there is always martial arts
combat, preferably with swords. In the secret locations or passageways
(tunnels/corridors), in the dimensions, firearms are drawn!
The pyramids-and-triangles system is best described as a house of
cards. People can build on it. It is a complex system. When the extreme
point of the triangle is passed, a light tunnel breaks.
The culprit is hiding behind the innocent human. It is a tricky
situation…
Entire networks can exist with people, who are chained to this kind of
equipment. The group could be called a spy or terroristic organisation made
up of people, who have disguised themselves.
Many people, working for the culprit, possess skills that normal
people do not, such as disappearing into portals and throwing fireballs.
People, who in fact, can be called real magicians, by normal Earthlings.
Some of these people also possess other strange abilities, such as being able
to run faster and hand out quick punches, delivered using a scissor
movement.
The situation illustrated, is a representation of this reality. The rail
system is wall-mounted on the planet. The key to this system is a pyramid-
shaped object.
The bottom line is that the world is getting smaller and smaller: a
virtual network fits in a normal house, it is able to control a large area.
Pyramids are brown or black. The triangles are all white, with colours
shimmering on them, that are just visible. These flying objects have a large
size, smaller objects also exist. The pyramids are real aircraft that also serve
as transport.
Virtual rooms shape our planet… In simple terms, Pyramid A belongs
to Room A. Person A is virtually seen in Pyramid A, because the person is
located in Room A. When the culprits divide areas into rooms and spaces,
they could abuse the situation.
A real small pyramid-shaped object belongs to the category of an
artefact. We must lock these up! What can be achieved with these is
unimaginable. Some of these artefacts pose a threat. Artefacts even exist,
that allow access to the malicious culprit’s database of information.
Some artefacts are physical keys to gaining access to some
technologies. A combination of these objects, correctly placed in a large
supercomputer, I mention a real supercomputer, of unprecedented precision,
speed and size, can control an entire network of portal systems. When these
objects are placed, the control of the portal systems and the beings moving
in and out is taken over; when people choose to close the entrances to the
secret locations (dimensions), people are sucked back into the actual world,
for example, to an electronic lounger.
Special artefacts are involved, five objects of unique structure, which
must be activated. These are pyramid-shaped objects, which automatically
float to the master supercomputer and nest in the keyhole. This combination
of artefacts is essential! So, these are a key to a secret dimension... One day,
when humanity manages to gather all five objects, a secret entrance to an
unknown world can be opened...
It also appears that some objects, which normally look like everyday
flying objects, such as aeroplanes, do not have to be normal. The enemy
possesses a technology that relies on facial deception. To the normal eye,
the objects are not alien. An object that visually camouflages itself as a
Boeing, is difficult to distinguish from the others. In this case, think of a
projection or hologram technology, representing a frame in the sky, that
camouflages an object. Think of camouflage shapes like a cloud, a star and
the blue sky. To the eye, totally invisible in the background. Not that it is
located in a dimension. It is just camouflaged.
A pyramid can therefore camouflage itself (1). It can also hook on a
rail system, to an electrostatic field in the sky (2). As soon as a link or rail
takes damage, the object retreats to a rail without damage. Either way, the
object remains camouflaged.
Battle for Air Superiority
Air superiority is the most important subject in modern warfare.
Whoever can maintain control in the air, will have a significant advantage
over the enemy. As we have seen in many wars, air predominance is
essential to maintain infrastructure and supplies.
Most alien aeroplanes (UFOs) possess a phaser cannon as their main
weapon, which fires a double laser pulse, strengthened with an electron
discharge, which looks like a lightning strike when fired. These aeroplanes
are equipped with a highly unstable engine, that only seems to work well on
high revs. So, when the engines are running at high revs, these flying
objects will score excellently in terms of manoeuvrability. It seems that they
are using a certain type of drive, which does not work well at low revs and
in this case flies slowly and recharges. When the engines have warmed up,
these objects can move at very high speeds.
Most UFOs, which have been spotted and filmed by humans, seem to
float over the same location, without moving. This is because the
electromagnetically powered engines experience turbulence that causes a
discharge. In dogfights, these aeroplanes are vulnerable when they
experience a discharge.
The flying objects are barely visible to the human eye, because of a
cloaking technique, that makes it possible to camouflage by emulating the
surrounding colours. This makes it difficult for humans to trace the
aeroplanes with their eyes. In dogfights, people have to rely entirely on
their radar and sensors, which make it possible to spot the aeroplanes. It is
actually like someone is shooting at an object, that does not exist. This
makes it exceedingly difficult to take down these aeroplanes. However,
experienced pilots realise that in the case of lock-on something can float
through the air, although one cannot see the objects.
Why ‘the Aliens’ Attack
It seems that the enemy is mainly interested in the power plants and
oil pipelines, that are spread throughout Earth.
To punish planet Earth for interfering with their business, a large-
scale attack on ground targets is about to be carried out.
Planet Earth’s radar systems show that something is not right. Objects
are spotted, entering the airspace at high speed. The flying objects, the
majority of which are interceptors and bombers, first penetrate Earth’s
atmosphere and then quickly lower themselves down to target the ground
targets at a relatively short distance with phasers; some aircraft drop bombs.
The military leaders are sending signal ‘red’ to the airbases. The
warning systems work at all military bases. For the military, it is the end of
exercises, now there is work to be done. The pilots rush to the fighter jets.
As a precautionary measure, all jets had already been loaded with anti-
aircraft missiles.
After approximately fifteen minutes in the air, they make the first
contact. The pilots have not spotted the flying objects yet, all people report
activity on their screens, which is controlled by fly-by-wire. They report
that all have ‘lock-on target’ on their screens. The pilots have difficulty
tracking the objects and they indicate that the lock-on may be short-lived.
It soon turns out that the flying objects go directly to their ground
targets and fly at low altitudes above Earth. They fire their weapons, Earth’s
military forces answer. Anti-aircraft missiles attempt to bring down the
flying objects. Some UFOs are shot from the sky, enemy pilots were unable
to dodge the missiles. The enemy pilots seem to have been given new
commands and vanish into nowhere and reappear high in the sky.
Now, the flying objects make a quick dive at the fighter jets; the pilots
fire another round of anti-aircraft missiles, achieving some successes. The
flying objects are lightning-fast, they do not possess missiles like the fighter
jets. Merely, at close range, they shoot down several fighter jets, using
phasers. For a moment, it seems that the Air Force pilots are gaining the
upper hand. Though, at close range, they suffer many losses. Some pilots
try to shoot at the objects with the 20-millimetre cannons. However, this
seems ineffective, because the flying objects move back and forth quickly
and many pilots have difficulty tracing these aeroplanes.
The aliens seem to give up, after losing some more aircraft. The
remaining fighter jets also return. The losses are heavy. The
manoeuvrability of the flying objects and the long-range missiles of Earth’s
aircraft were two decisive factors in aerial combat.
Planet Earth’s losses outweigh those of the enemy because the
attackers have achieved their goal. What does matter more is that they have
outsmarted Earth’s defence force and have bombed the power plants and
other important targets. Although the damage to the power plants remains
limited, people will need time to get these up and running again.
The question remains whether the enemy expected to lose so many
flying objects...
It turns out that modern fighter jets are not made to stop an attack
from outer space. The enemy has a great advantage: when they use the
expanse of space to quickly descend towards their objectives, they are able
to attack targets on Earth with ease.
The world leaders agree with the view of the military command:
‘With these resources, this was the best we could achieve. In an ideal
situation, we would have stopped them in space, so that they could never
reach the ground targets.
Nevertheless, the fighter jets appear to be excellent aircraft, equipped
with anti-aircraft missiles, which can precisely shoot air targets out of the
sky, even if the enemies can become invisible to the human eye.’
Not all nations in the world possess the same kind of aircraft. The
Americans possess better fighter jets, like the Raptors and the JSF.
European countries rely merely on the JSF. Because these aircraft are also
agile in the air, the pilots could take effective action against the flying
objects. The Russians, on the other hand, have slightly different planes.
Especially the Sukhoi planes are good aircraft, but because of their size,
they are not the most agile on the scene. The Russian aircraft rely more on
their extraordinarily strong engines, which make the larger aircraft
manoeuvrable.
More jet aircraft will be placed on the continent of Africa to form a
line of defence there. Many African countries lack competent Air Forces.
While the flying objects encountered, are opposed throughout the
world, most ground targets could not be saved. The military leaders have
learned that they should avoid air combat in close quarters.
The enemy pilots, found in the wreckages, cannot be decisively
identified as human or extra-terrestrial, because both are found. Most shot
down pilots are hominids, who are referred to as companions. Generally
speaking, they are referred to as aliens.
Local attacks continue to take place, these are merely hit-and-run
actions, which are not left unpunished.
The Preparations
After a long discussion on the subject, the scientists of Earth indicate
that there is evidence that the attackers belong to an organisation of
conspirators, who are called the companions of the devil.
It is strange to conclude that the devil and its companions must be
behind these attacks. Some religious groups protest. Although these groups
must accept that it is a strong paranormal event, that people regard as evil.
Because it is a religious issue, mostly religious and motivated people
are enlisted all over the world to take on this army of companions, when
necessary. For example, in the Christian world, they enlist people with strict
Christian backgrounds, who they volunteer as if a crusade has begun. In
Muslim countries, people come forward, who want to give their lives to the
holy Jihad. The same thing is happening all over the world, people are
volunteering.
During the selection process, the agents must be careful not to involve
traitors in the battalions. They screen people for their criminal past and for
practices in the service of the good life, such as praying, fasting and so on.
People, who have psychological health problems, are not yet involved
in this war!
All involved are screened for possible implants in their bodies. It is
explained that this is a precautionary measure.
An ethical problem arises about whether imprisoned Earthlings also
belong to the enemy. A line is drawn: as long as these people do not help
the enemy, they remain innocent.
Intelligence reports indicate that they will attack Earth, chained to the
diabolical system.
The people know for sure that the devil’s companions can ‘fly like a
bird'. It is a means of transport or movement in the air, they jump from one
portal to another while they hook themselves to the system or signal that
holds them up.
The police, secret agents and soldiers are being prepared for possible
strange warfare. They explain the situation to the troops in secrecy; the
armed forces must prepare for a war they have never experienced before!
It is not exactly known how the enemy will attack. Will they attack
Earth with aircraft again, or will they try to reach Earth through portals
only? Most military leaders assume they will do both.
The secret agents try to find all the portals that form an exit for the
companions. All portals are hidden in mountain caves, tunnels and
buildings.
Soldiers are stationed around the found portals. They have taken
positions in strategic places around the area. Many expeditions are carried
out to unknown parts of mountainous areas. They also make ultrasound
images of areas with suspicious geographical locations, where suspicious
circumstances meet and which are suitable for natural camouflage.
Objects have been thrown into the discovered portals to inspect what
is behind. The most effective is a small drone-mounted camera, which is
released into the portals and returns data over a wireless network.
The hidden spaces behind the portals appear to be guarded by the
companions, suggesting that the enemy is on alert and ready to go.
The military commander explains the rules of engagement to the
people involved: ‘In the light tunnels, no shooting, otherwise this light
tunnel breaks and someone commits suicide. If one comes out of the
portals, you can shoot. Then, it is the normal world, in which we can just
stand and shoot. So, men! Use your shields, the swords, the axes and spears
you are equipped with, and when you leave the light tunnels by leaving a
portal, quickly draw the firearms.’
The soldiers and secret agents are being taught sword fighting. In a
rush, they train hard to compete against the enemy. They train with wooden
swords, spears and axes, combined with a shield to block attacks.
The Attack Commences
A being, that looks like a shade, announces the start of the assault.
The being shimmers in a frame, which looks like a hologram in the sky.
They have chosen several surprise locations and they also attack military
bases. The companions descend by using the light tunnels and suddenly
emerge from portals, and attack people. A lot of men are panicking, fighting
to overcome their paranoia.
Moreover, the command post faces a dilemma. The planet does not
possess the ability and the knowledge to shoot down a triangle or a
pyramid. Because these objects cannot be fired at or shot out of the track of
the rail system. They are camouflaged behind a dimension!
Army bases are completely overwhelmed and if our planet is not
careful, the battle line will completely move to the cities, where also
firefights with the police and other security forces are reported, from place
to place. Earth’s military leaders see the necessity to storm the pyramids
and triangles, it is like ‘flying castles’ are to be attacked.
Although defending is the enemy’s greatest strength, attacking the
portal system and taking over the control rooms (pyramids), is the only
known way to prevail!
The attack is being announced all over the world, a decision
acknowledged by the enemy leaders. It is said that the devil whispered to
them... The troops from both sides are on standby and the enemy raises the
alarm.
Thousands of soldiers are ready for a counterattack, to enter the
portals, to find a way to the top of the portal system, to enter the pyramid.
People of every culture say their last prayers. Many Christians make
the sign of the cross; Muslims shout ‘Allahu Akbar.’ Troops invade the
portals.
The soldiers fight in the light tunnels and dimensions, by stepping in
and out of the portals.
The soldiers must reach the passageway, which leads to the maze of
portals to reach the control chamber. In the portal system, the soldiers
expect the human companions of the devil, so normal people like
themselves. It turns out it is not! Human-like beings, half-human and half-
animal, and strange people with magical powers and abilities, the devil’s
army has arrived!
Some fanatical and religious people are scared, yet they do not give
up hope. They have waited all this time for this event; this is what they have
prepared for all the time, they cannot go back. It is now or never! They
cannot let anyone down, humanity is counting on the army.
The devil’s well-trained and driven army hits back hard. However, it
is as if they are missing something. Something people are getting more and
more. It is as if people are being driven by something different. As if
something heavenly is coming towards them and encourages them!
Yet, the people are struggling, because each time they win a duel in
the light tunnels, they are attacked by other enemy soldiers, ambushing
them in the secret locations and passageways (dimensions) with firearms,
when they step out of the portals. It has become a matter of acting quickly,
drawing weapons and showing courage.
In the passageways, they must access the correct portal in the correct
order. People call out the order to each other, with the order changing as
they progress. ‘If a person comes out of Portal A, this person must enter
Portal C! If someone comes out of Portal B, the person must enter Portal
E!’ They yell at each other. The enemy commanders simply change the
route of the light tunnels by using switches.
Beings appeared in one of the secret locations, which look very evil,
these look like a devil. These beings seem to prey on an opponent.
These demonic creatures are strong enemies. Overall, they are more
difficult to catch, because they are cunning. They show little of themselves,
appearing mostly to encourage their troops. In the background, they are
often engaged in their war against God and his servants, the angels. They
observe and usually act only when they see angels. Because they are afraid
of God, they try to avoid his servants and do not want to be confronted with
their destiny.
The appearance of these demonic slaves on the battlefield is
impressive because it poses a danger to friend or foe. Their imposing
skeleton and arms are full of energy, which allows the beings to throw
fireballs of unprecedented force at the crowd, at any moment. Earth’s
military leaders acknowledge that the demonic slaves lead their
companions, yet they are vulnerable and make their companions also
vulnerable on the battlefield.
The question, that arises is: what if one of these demons is the real
devil? Some claim, one of these shady beings has to be the devil! The
underlying idea is that the stranger the creatures and mutated beings one
encounters, the closer the devil.
People assume that the devil is chained to the pyramids and that its
body is lying in one of the pyramids, chained to the supercomputer, which
allows the soul to move in these created dimensions. In an electronic
lounger, the soul wakes up during sleep and can function as if it were
awake. The body sleeps and the soul moves and is awake. This causes a
sudden, terrifying sensation for the opponents.
Some electronic loungers are able to move the body to the soul,
allowing the devil and its most loyal servants to appear on Earth. Not all
culprits are able to do this. Probably only the devil and the demonic slaves
are able to move their bodies to any place. The companions are divided into
ranks and not all possess the same abilities.
Because the devil’s companions are obliged by the devil to fight for
its cause, its role is significant. Though, many companions are waiting for
an opportunity to switch sides and take the side of humanity, if their leaders
are to be ousted from the battlefield.
Thus, although the devil has faithful and less loyal servants, almost all
are characterised by their frightening display on the battlefield. Committing
their lives to and dying for the devil is not the easiest task. Traitors are
picked up by the demonic slaves and their companions and punished with
torment. Most enemy soldiers do not dare to try.
Reports come in of gruesome creatures and human-like beings, who
have mutated in such a way that these beings can only be called
supernatural. Beings, whose faces change and human-like beings, who are
able to suddenly disappear and put another person in the fight, like
switching between two beings from one dimension to another. Entire scenes
of chaos are reported.
The Muslim fighters also report that ‘cin’, or jinn, have appeared on
the battlefield.
In the Quran, jinns are described as beings, that resemble humans in
terms of psychological behaviour and can be equated with humans. Jinns
are either infidel or good. These are infidel jinn if they believe in the devil’s
reign. So, the normal jinn master a form of spirituality comprising good
ethical values. The Western world seems to know too little about these
aliens.
The jinns are said to have three fingers, a detail not in the Quran.
They are also highly intelligent beings. It is claimed that the jinns have
prayed with the Prophet Muhammad, whether or not through spirituality, so
there should have been contact between these beings and humans.
Some jinns are companions of the devil, living in a dimension, which
Muslims refer to as ‘the jinn world,’ referring to a ‘world of demons.’
The military leaders monitor the fighting through their equipment.
They see the soldiers advancing.
The military leaders must decide whether the soldiers, who manage to
conquer the pyramids (control rooms), should push these objects towards an
unknown location, belonging to the devil and its companions. This has been
experienced before. Perhaps the right moment is also important.
After a few hours, reports of the first signs of success come in.
Technicians have reached the control room of one portal system. They have
entered this pyramid and are awaiting new orders.
It is important to strike in the right way, because the soldiers must be
able to return alive, without being overwhelmed by the companions again.
The military leaders estimate the likelihood of success of the attack at fifty-
fifty and they admit that a decisive factor must emerge in the fight.
The devil appears to be annoyed by the excellent performance of the
special troops and tries to encourage its companions to recapture the lost
control room.
Its army seems to be in chaos and is in fear. Earth’s special forces
occasionally came out of nowhere and attacked the companions, causing
psychological breakdowns among them.
The command post wants to provoke a reaction from the devil. The
technicians within the captured pyramid, receive the order to shift the exits
(portals) of the light tunnels towards space. Doing so, it will appear like the
soldiers are forcing a counterattack in other areas under the control of the
devil and its companions. Now, the captured pyramid is automatically
heading towards space.
It is a matter of waiting patiently... The enemy command does exactly
what the officers have hoped for: the enemy leaders are forced to change
the exits of their light tunnels. The other pyramids reposition and enter
space, and follow the pyramid, captured by Earth's military forces. For the
first time in centuries, life is being made difficult for the devil and its
servants. The battlefield moves to another, unknown location far in space.
The downside is that the captured pyramid took off with thousands of
soldiers missing, being redirected to an unknown dimension... Nobody
seems to know what happened to the missing soldiers. It is believed that
they have a good chance against the devil’s remaining companions.
The existing portals on Earth are closed. Everything seems to change
to normal again. Earth survived the first mass confrontation with the devil’s
armies.
In retrospect, people are not sure how many devils have been present
on the battlefield. They also question whether any have been present.
Christians believe in the existence of a single human devil; Muslims
think the human-like devil is the Antichrist. They also believe in the
existence of Satan, which originated from jinn.
The soldiers probably fought the demonic slaves, without knowing
who or what they were dealing with; they may have been mistaken for the
companions...
The End of the World as We Know
Because no counterattack takes place, victory is declared.
The soldiers have suffered the worst and many are missing. Everyone
wonders what happened to the remaining group of fighters and whether
they have survived against the evil forces. The military is trying to
communicate with the soldiers, no information is disclosed about their
status. They are revered as war heroes among the people, who are aware of
what happened. A select group of people. These people alone can mourn
their sacrifice.
There are many rumours among the population about this war and
many people express their joy because the devil has suffered a defeat.
After this battle, people convert to the faith en masse. Religious
leaders are more willing to work together and a peaceful sentiment prevails.
The feeling and experience of achieving a victory by ‘humanity’, against
evil, leads to harmony among the people.
Among societies on Earth, religion has become more important.
Conservative parties are gaining the upper hand.
Among scientists, the question arises whether this is humanity’s
chance to recognise the Prophet Jesus (Isa) and the messengers. However,
many do not see a prophet in anyone nor a messenger. Some claim that the
prophet has helped during the war, although many people think those were
perhaps angels...
The devil has not yet been definitively defeated. It remains necessary
to look for a solution to the problem, related to the pyramids-and-triangles
system. To achieve this, the entire system must be cracked, a system that
works with snags, gears and large mechanisms, that maintain the rail
system. The big question remains, who has set up this system? That
humanity suffers, is a fact!
Surprising Twist
The military leaders know that it is going to happen, the devil and its
companions are planning a second round in this war. It seems to be the case,
because in some places on Earth technicians detect vibrations, indicating
the placement of portals. Not all portals can be detected in a short time. The
military leaders are doing their utmost to prevent the devil from setting up a
new portal system.
In recent years, radio signals have been regularly received, which
indicate that there are still people from our side in space. The radio signals
come from space and these are poorly understood.
These days, citizens are protesting against the New World Order, all
over the world. Among them are the companions, who provoke unrest and
spread rumours, as they are secretly recruiting people through an extensive
screening for their ‘holy war’, as they are calling it.
They try to appeal to human nature by claiming that an army will
arise, which will provide justice on Earth. In this way, they have gained
thousands of followers, chained to the pyramids-and-triangles system of the
devil, awaiting orders. No one knows how serious the situation is and the
danger for humanity is again not to be underestimated.
Technicians speed up their search for portals, using satellites
equipped with sensors, which can detect and display infrared light. In this
way, extremely high frequencies of light become visible to the human eye,
making it possible to detect portals. The practice still differs from theory
and assumptions. The portals are often hidden in empty buildings, between
rocks and in the mountains, where these are difficult to spot.
The best information comes from the so-called ‘pointers’, who at
convenient moments point out to the soldiers where the portals may be
located, more evidence that not all of these people want to cooperate
voluntarily with the devil’s plans, to bring the world and humanity under its
control. Pointers point out the locations, with the hope that perhaps they can
be liberated from their current wretched condition, an opinion shared by
many military leaders. They point out the portals without being caught by
other companions or by the devil. Those who get caught in the act, face
severe torture and perhaps death.
Breaking news comes from the army that some military leaders, who
were involved with the war against the devil’s armies, have recently been
killed under suspicious circumstances. Some were killed horribly, it was
like they were tortured by an animal. It appears to have been done by spies
or terrorists, working for the companions, who turn out to be embedded in
the national intelligence services of some countries.
Not many clues have been found about the murderers.
Days later, chaos breaks out all over the world. People, who have
chosen the side of the devil’s companions and some, who work for national
intelligence and police services are leading an attack on key army locations
and strategically important objectives. All over the world, there are reports
of disturbances and armies stand on standby.
Portals are opening randomly in some places on the planet. The
soldiers and secret agents rush to the locations.
After the sun disappears, as night falls, a full-scale assault
commences. Thousands of companions are on the attack.
Earth's military leaders are aware that the devil has learned its lesson.
So did they...
The attacks continue and the pressure on the army leaders becomes
too great. Again, they decide that they have no other choice, the war must
be fought on a larger scale. A counterattack is being announced.
The soldiers, who enter the portals, report that the portal systems are
packed with companions, including jinn, who want to fight to stay alive.
Sword fights take place in the light tunnels. The resistance is fierce this
time and morale among the companions seems higher than expected.
After a while, when the battle is at its peak, the devil introduces new
equipment: a technology, which is used in a war for the first time. The
people are interfered by a frequency or signal, a ‘force’, or ‘psych force’,
the results of a study carried out years ago. This frequency produces nerve
impulses in the body, which makes it difficult for the person to move.
Humans have underestimated the effects of such weapons on the body and
there are no countermeasures yet.
The soldiers are in severe pain while moving in the light tunnels. This
weapon decreases the morale of the soldiers drastically. Yet, it has to
happen. Again, it is now or never! There is simply no second time.
Although the soldiers have trained extra hard because of this
realisation, the military leaders have to motivate the people time after time
to continue the attacks. Many men fall and the mutilations are unbearable.
In the light tunnels, the demonic slaves fight along with their most faithful
servants, mutated creatures, half-animal and half-human, taking on the
soldiers. They are a gruesome appearance on the battlefield.
Many men do not understand which way to go, moving in the portal
systems. Besides, they have to switch between weapons every time. In the
passageways and secret locations (dimensions), companions armed with
guns fire at them, when they jump out of the portals. Coming out of portals
requires swapping weapons, daring and speed. Those defending the portal
system have a significant advantage.
All elite soldiers have already entered the portal systems and are
battling in the dimensions. The commanders decide not to send in the
reserve units yet.
The war seems to turn into a bitter ultimate battle, which humankind
is likely to lose. It appears that the devil will continue to terrorise Earth...
This war is about to be lost…! The losses are heavy.
Suddenly, above Earth, another pyramid appears and enters Earth’s
atmosphere. This object is not camouflaged, like the ones being attacked.
The command post advises the military leaders to use the Air Force to
counter a possible attack.
Fighter jets flying over the area, which are fighting against UFOs, are
given new orders, they are not yet allowed to attack the pyramid; the fighter
pilots are surprised about the new orders, yet they follow their orders.
They report that multiple combat aircraft of an extra-terrestrial origin
accompany the pyramid.
It is an exciting moment in the fight. The military leaders hope that
these may be the missing soldiers, they wonder if they returned! They speak
to the high-ranked pilots, telling them that they hope the new arrivals are
allied...
The pyramid moves across the air and floats above the enemy’s
pyramids-and-triangles system. A beam of light is seen, opening a portal to
the enemy’s system.
By using radio transmitters, contact is made with Earth and the
military leaders are even shown video footage... It is real, help has arrived!
The ‘holy army’ has arrived!
This is a welcome surprise for the fighter pilots and all other soldiers,
who are informed immediately.
The military leaders from within the newly arrived pyramid warn the
military leaders from Earth, informing them that they will enter the war and
take on the companions of the devil. They will open a new front. Among
them are also jinn and it is important to recognise who is friend or foe.
To make themselves recognisable, this army is dressed in green. The
new orders are: ‘Watch out for green-clad men, as they are the holy army!’
Now, it is necessary to decide the fate of the reservists. It is decided to
send them into the portals, after a certain time, to deal the final blow to the
enemy’s morale. The plan is to let the reservists wait, a timespan of ten
minutes between the holy army’s attack is measured out.
Although they are called reservists, everyone knows they are well-
trained and religiously fanatical people, who only lack experience in this
way of combat.
The War Tactics of the Holy Army
When the soldiers captured the pyramid, they travelled to faraway
places to take on the devil’s companions. They faced little resistance at first.
In the far reaches of the habitat of the devil, chaos reigned through the
arrival of the army. The devil’s companions often fled and most went to
elsewhere.
A defensive zone arose in these dimensions. The electronic loungers
that were captured, were turned off, causing most people and jinn to wake
up from their misery. The devil had abused them for years. Some souls had
become so attached to the supercomputer that they died, after being
disconnected. Their souls had reached God.
Most companions, who were liberated, were willing to fight alongside
the holy army in the name of good, for the just cause, against the devil’s
army.
In the months that followed and with the help of the new members of
the army, they began to investigate how to reach the portal systems of
Earth’s pyramids-and-triangles system from the air, from within a pyramid,
which should have to crack open an existing system. Thanks to the
information they gained from the liberated people and jinn, the technicians
created a method, with which this plan would work.
The holy army grew when an army of jinn voluntarily strengthened
the army. They encountered this jinn civilisation on a planet, in this solar
system. With the help of the jinn in the holy army, they communicated and
signed an alliance with this jinn planet. These jinns were strictly religious.
These jinns also had spacecraft in their possession, they provided
these aircraft to accompany the pyramid.
Later, when they noticed that the devil had planned an attack on
Earth with even more men, the allies decided it was time to travel to Earth.
For some jinn among them, this was also a return; for others, it was a
completely new experience.
The holy army had figured out how to link their portals to the
dimensions of another portal system, they only had to move the pyramid to
Earth to achieve this. This could provoke a reaction from the pilots on
Earth. Therefore, they made contact with the military on Earth as quickly as
possible, which was decisive for success!
The attack went well. Through the portals opened to the dimensions of
the enemy, they created chaos. They immediately tried to attack the control
rooms (pyramids). And when that worked, they created a defensive front on
the top floor of the portal system and waited for the companions to storm
into the portals, intending to recapture the control rooms. The companions
attacked en masse and they fell in their own set traps. The fighting was
fierce.
The reservists were ordered to attack, a well-timed decision. The
arrival of the holy army had a significant effect on the morale of the men.
The motivated reservists and their impact should also not be
underestimated.
The reservists made a huge impact on the devil and its companions.
Following a battle cry, they stormed the enemy. The companions fought
diligently. Yet, they were somewhat in chaos. Their morale plummeted,
mainly because they knew that their escape route had also been blocked by
the holy army. Some were left begging for mercy...
The Demonic Slaves Have Disappeared Without a Trace
At the end of the battle, the soldiers try to access a hidden room,
encountered during the battles. They enter a special code for opening a
portal, to enter this room. The hidden room can only be entered by jumping
into this portal. It is like they move through a wall. The code has been
obtained from a loyal servant of the devil by force. They manage to open
the portal and jump into it; they are being shot at by fireballs. Some soldiers
die, many are wounded. Their attacker turns out to be one of the demonic
slaves.
Then suddenly, before the soldiers have a chance to react, they all see
a strange light heading towards the demon. It seems as if two angels are
trying to pull the culprit away; the demon disappears into nothingness.
Some soldiers believe the demon has beamed itself to another
dimension. However, this is an obvious line of thought. Others assume it
has entered a world we are unfamiliar with, a world of angels and devils.
Where good and evil meet. Where even the devil is welcome to confess its
sins.
The soldiers observe the spectacle and try to catch a glimpse of the
demon. All they see is a green path, that reaches towards the sky, where
several angels appear. The light disappears quickly. It is like the end of a
dream. They all wake up again…
It seems that the demonic slave has disappeared without a trace and
that there are no more reports of its presence on the battlefield. The soldiers
urge the remaining companions not to fight on anymore. They promise
them that they will be freed and that they will be safe on Earth, from where
they will be brought back to their planets.
The technicians are instructed to quickly shut down the electronic
loungers located in the room so that the battle finally comes to an end.
One by one, the companions wake up and are welcome to a better and
new life. Those who refuse to cooperate, are immediately sent to jail, where
it is again explained that the war is over. They have to accept that they do
not belong to the devil. Yet, acceptance has become difficult, because they
are brainwashed and because they have lost so many precious
companions…
What Should Happen to the Pyramids?
A way must be devised to place the pyramids on the ground. The
pyramids, which appear to float magnetically above Earth, are linked to a
rail system, that gives these objects the ability to float.
Meanwhile, four pyramids are completely under the control of
humanity and these are the only four the military leaders must consider
because these maintain all portal systems on Earth.
First, technicians find a method in the control room to make the
triangles disappear, removing the triangles disables the portal systems. The
triangles are formed in the pyramids and can also be ‘switched off’, it looks
like these objects simply vanish.
The technicians need to crack the code of the operating system to
make the floating pyramids land on the ground. That is only a matter of
time, especially since the former companions know much about these
objects.
Finally, technicians manage to find a method to make the pyramids
land.
Scientists speculate that there is a chance that the enemy will pull the
pyramids back into Earth’s orbit again. To prevent this, the pyramids must
be anchored to the ground. Large concrete blocks are prepared and pushed
to the objects. It seems as if humanity has started building the pyramids
(like the ones from Egypt) again.
The pyramids must be isolated so that they can no longer
communicate and connect with the rail system, which makes it necessary to
completely close the construction. The construction towers above the
landscape.
The plan is to prevent the pyramids from becoming operational again
because they may fall into the wrong hands and pose a threat to planet
Earth. This type of warfare must be banished completely!
The Future
After the second victory over the devil and its companions, all kinds
of issues arise. The former companions are accompanied into life and
people pay extra attention to their way of living and philosophy of life.
A new law is being passed. The prisoners do not have to stay in jail
for their part in the war; they are given a new opportunity in society.
Other topics are also highlighted. The pyramids’ drive is copied and
plans exist to build enormous spaceships with powerful engines, that can
travel at very high speeds. These are needed to research our Universe, to
contact the jinn and other beings, to preserve contact with them and to
investigate the origin of the rail system, that maintains the pyramids and
triangles.
The latter has become paramount in science and many theories go
around. Rumours circulate that the rail system already existed, even before
the creation of Adam, that these have been built by an ancient civilisation
and that many wars have been fought, because many races did recognise the
danger of this technology, in combination with severe war tactics and
warmongering from a yet unknown civilisation for humanity. Until today,
humanity has never progressed this far, in terms of technical knowledge and
in terms of victory, which is also of sentimental value.
Several theories exist about the fate of the demonic slaves. People are
not sure about how many demonic slaves they have encountered during the
fights, according to many there were three fighting between the men.
One scientist declares that the beings are dead and have returned to
God to confess their sins. Some think they will return and escape their fate;
their fearsome personality will decide their fate again. Others think they
have returned to another dimension to continue their practices from there; to
plan another attack on planet Earth.
The military leaders believe it is necessary to investigate where the
rail system has been built and which civilisations are maintaining it.
Everyone knows Earth is safe for the time being because the pyramids
are out of the sky. However, it is only a matter of time before new ones are
reinstated. According to astronomers, this could include a process of several
years, because placing an object around Earth’s axis of rotation will not be
easy. Besides, the system of portals will have to be built up again, which
also takes time.
Contact with the jinn has taught humanity that the phenomenon of
temples and ancient pyramids also exist on their planet, in their culture. The
jinns want humanity to continue the war against civilisations, cooperating
with the devil. All speak about liberating other planets…
So, it is only a matter of time... Humanity wants to create a sense of
security, this sense, the leaders want to create by creating a power, sufficient
to resist a space invasion.
Spaceships of unprecedented quality are being manufactured and the
next generation of aircraft, merely interceptors are being developed, which
are able to fly in space and return to Earth. The spaceships and interceptors
are equipped with advanced lasers, called phasers, which are able to track
their target and fire rapidly, this seems to be the best technology available.
Also, anti-aircraft missiles are equipped as standard. Some countries work
together, to achieve the best quality.
It is necessary to map and study the rail system. At the very least,
Earth’s rail system must be mapped and the surrounding solar systems must
be explored. A method is under development, that allows people to
determine exactly how the rail system works. A long research trip into
space is planned to examine the rail system, to find out how it is kept in the
air.
According to Islam, the soul goes towards the ‘qibla’ when a living
organism dies; through the Holy Spirit, it reaches God. In Islam, the Holy
Spirit is considered the archangel Gabriel. The archangels Gabriel and
Azrael accompany the soul. Azrael guides the soul of a dead person and
moves it along a certain path (qibla) to God. The qibla is also the direction
in which Muslims pray. Because angels have been seen towards Mecca in
the past, it is believed that the qibla is towards the Kaaba and that Mecca is
the centre of Earth.
This information is important to know because it turns out that the rail
system follows the same path. It is set up in such a way that the qibla is
followed, exactly from anywhere on Earth. Although not everyone accepts
this at first, research shows that this is the case. A path has been created that
probably leads back to a supercomputer (mainframe), which holds up the
entire pyramids-and-triangles system and can bend and change the paths.
The devil’s path creates a vicious circle and reaches the Holy Spirit.
After its death, the devil prefers to lead the soul through the devil’s
path, rather than through the path to God, its soul stays out of the reach of
the power of the archangel Azrael. After this event, the devil continued its
life, against the will of the archangel Gabriel.
So, It is said that it moves its soul in the direction of the qibla to
deviate from the path to God, somehow. Beings have made this possible by
creating a supercomputer, that holds up this devil’s path, beings who may
believe that this phenomenon is part of a ritual. Or it may be intended as a
curse for humanity, a curse that will occupy people’s minds forever…
The people, who arise after their death, are automatically connected
to the rail system, after which they can move on to Earth (in Book 2, this
phenomenon is explained more thoroughly).
Of course, there is a difference between companions, who are asleep,
who are still alive and are able to move through the portal systems,
connected to an electronic lounger. And beings, who are hooked to
electronic loungers, who can escape death through this unique system.
Something many people still dream about, life after death, ‘forever’ on
Earth…!
Being afraid of confessing their sins to God, people could decide
wrong and make mistakes.
The persisting problems, the presence of such a magical system
brings, are consequences for a magnetically stable Earth. The rail system is
pulling at the rotating planet, as if trying to stop it, causing huge fractures
in the atmosphere. Earth responds to this with violent lightning strikes and
storms, with even more violent earthquakes, because stability must be
guaranteed.
Nevertheless, the devil and its companions are still able to reside on
Earth. Though, they can no longer move in the portal systems, which
severely limits their mobility. They will probably choose to wander into the
dimensions of other planets, where the portal systems are still operational.
A Diplomatic Visit
Reports come in that four spacecraft are moving towards planet Earth.
Humanity assumes, it is a diplomatic mission; the military leaders want to
take the risk. The leadership is waiting for the fleet to reach Earth’s
atmosphere, for tactical reasons. Three of the four spaceships are very large.
The aliens’ technology makes it possible to manufacture towering vessels.
The aliens communicate with the military. They indicate that they are
on a diplomatic mission and request permission to land on Earth with the
smaller spacecraft. Consent is issued...
Once on Earth, there is talk between the two sides, the alien diplomats
claim that they have waited for the resurrection of planet Earth for
centuries. They also claim that other humanoid civilisations do exist, so do
exist other humanoid planets.
From time to time, they had to fight alongside hominids. Evil
possesses ‘a cube technology’, like they describe, with which they are able
to move like the devil. The diplomats claim that some civilisations have
made a covenant with the devil. Also, among the jinn, planets exist, which
are cooperating…
‘Your resurrection is convenient and established. Despite your
technological lag, you are rapidly developing the technology and will soon
become an advanced planet:’ sounds their message for mankind.
The aliens are explained how the war with the devil has been won.
They also explain to them the technical aspects of how the demonic slaves
operate in the dimensions, how the portals can be opened and closed and
what tactics one should apply.
The alien diplomats seem to be euphoric about the victory and about
what they perceive. All kinds of agreements and protocols are signed on the
maintenance of contact and the lines of communication between the two
races. In return, a trade route is established and people are taught a new
kind of propulsion, based on magnetic propulsion. All kinds of other data
are also exchanged. This does not happen overnight. It is being negotiated
carefully. While the trade agreements between the two races strengthen
relations. What has also been achieved, is that Earth has become a little
safer again.
The aliens resemble snakes. Some kind of green snake people, people
call them contortionists. One of them may have appeared to Moses, who
then promised not to practise magic anymore and did cast aside his staff.
Maybe humanity has met them before…
The diplomats leave in peace.
The Discovery of the Golden Artefact: A Mysterious
Visitor
A smaller, unique and golden pyramid-shaped artefact has been found
in one of the large pyramids, brought down during the holy war. Scientists
assume that the artefact has been used by the enemy to capture a person;
they discuss someone, who might be hidden in the object. Some scientists
think the object is also the key to opening a new dimension…
Recently, a message from the companions has been delivered by post.
The message starts with: ‘Because you own the golden pyramid, a
conversation between us is necessary.’ It describes a meeting place, a
library, where the companions would like to have a conversation with
police officers.
The interview takes place on the condition that the spokesperson will
not be arrested. On behalf of the companions, a single person comes to talk
to the officer, who has taken a seat at the location under tight guard. The
companion is screened for forbidden weapons. He carries a message from
his leaders. In exchange for the golden artefact, the companion promises
that all prisoners of war will be released. The same day, the companion
returns to his home…
For the scientists, this encounter confirms the importance of the
smaller pyramid. They speed up their research into this artefact and they
want to decipher it by picking up the signals, by placing it on a captured
BAK, a cube-shaped object, with the function to communicate with the
pyramids.
Meanwhile, the officers are considering an agreement with the
companions. Though, the companion has disappeared without a trace, along
with his family…
The smaller pyramid seems to be encrypted. After a couple of days of
research, the scientists manage to get it to work. The golden pyramid-
shaped artefact is forced to show an image by creating a hologram, it points
out a location on Earth. A military expedition is immediately planned.
Soldiers and secret agents rush to the scene, a medium-sized hill in a hilly
location. The entire area is surrounded by soldiers and secret agents.
Using backscatter X-ray technology, they find something suspicious,
that points to a hollow space in the hill. After conducting several scans, they
encounter a closed entrance. The officers want to blow it up. Forcing the
door would be a difficult and time-consuming job. They blow it up and they
hear a loud hum coming out of the tunnel.
The military leaders receive a report from the elite soldiers, which
indicates that they have an hour to clear the tunnels, after which everyone
must move a safe distance from the complex. Bombs have been placed!
A large spaceship rises at high speed from an opened gate above the
hill. The companions seem to relinquish Earth. The vessel moves rapidly
into space. Before Earth’s fighter jets can act, the spaceship leaves the
atmosphere and disappears.
Their last message has already been painted on a plate in the tunnel:
‘We are also humans, not companions!’
The teams quickly penetrate the tunnels and are sent out in all
directions. Soon, they hear people yelling. They meet these imprisoned
people in rooms along the tunnels. They are the prisoners of war. One by
one, they are placed in armoured vehicles, to transport them to a safe place.
Some have to move on foot because there is no more room left in the
vehicles.
In the time allotted to them, they rescue thousands of prisoners of
war. Nobody knows if more people have been left behind. The complex
must be evacuated within an hour. People will have to be as far out of reach
of the complex as possible.
Half an hour after the retreat, a huge explosion erupts that shakes the
entire area. The leadership has enclosed the area and evacuated several
villages in the vicinity.
Most of the prisoners of war are missing police officers and soldiers.
Some have been tortured and many have been traumatised by the war. The
agents, soldiers and other people, who have been freed, all have a story.
Some have fought in the portals. Through the portals, they have been led
into a trap and taken away in an electronic prison, through a smaller
pyramid, then placed in a BAK.
It is time to unravel the mystery of the golden artefact. Therefore,
after the devastating explosion, the debris is thoroughly examined, to find
any clues concerning this object. Indications are found that it is true, the
artefact can be used to trap people and hold them in a beam of light, an
infinite circulation of light, in which the body seems to become trapped.
The scientists delve deeper into the secrets of the artefact and they irradiate
the golden artefact with a 3D printing laser to try to force it to unlock.
After several attempts, a portal opens and an electronic lounger
becomes visible. An old man, who seems to have been badly beaten, lies in
the electronic lounger. He is taken out and taken straight to intensive care,
where he stabilises.
This man talks about a holy war, the evil of Satan and what has been
done to him. He talks about the portals, the jinn, the contortionists and other
creatures. He says there is more between heaven and Earth. He has
experienced everything in his own way. And each person has experienced
these events differently...
What Humanity Has Achieved
The war against the devil and its companions is exemplary for other
beings on planets in outer space. They are planning their own wars against
evil and receive technical support from the people of planet Earth.
Humanity tries to facilitate communication with these alien
civilisations, using satellites, by using radio communication technology.
Satellites are sent to some planets to facilitate communication. One of these
planets is a peaceful planet with excellent resources. The inhabitants
emphasise that civilisations, which have an alliance with the devil and its
companions are also their enemies.
Since the war is over, it has been quieter on Earth. Some people, who
are psychologically ill report fewer auditory hallucinations, fewer voices in
their heads and a general decrease in symptoms.
According to the Quran, the voices some psychologically ill people
hear, are not produced in the mind, they are whispered by evil humans and
evil human-like beings, including jinn, from the chest to the head and ears.
The technique, used to create sound, is simple. It could be achieved by
creating a scrambled signal between 20 and 20,000 hertz, combining two
signals or phases and then using other instruments to create the voices.
This phenomenon can easily be described technically by assuming
that a scrambled signal is electrostatic, which means it possesses N/S
polarity. A double-signal laser is a real phaser. Combining this phaser with
a microphone allows people to send voices or sounds because the brain will
encode electric fields if the noise is audible within the audible spectrum. A
simple formula is N/S and S/N = +/–. The electricity will be encoded when
the frequency of the product is within the audible spectrum and because the
brain only interacts with electric impulses. So, the conclusion is that people
perceive electric fields or vibrations within the audible spectrum as voices,
because we all possess two ears and one magnetic vibration creates: left
N/S + S/N right = electricity, which the brain can react to!
The phenomenon ‘hearing between the ears’, will be thoroughly
described in Book 2.
Victory creates harmony between religious leaders. Projects are
supported to create an interplay between multiple religions. Social, cultural
and technical developments, which are not to be underestimated, are taking
place. In the short term, this means well-being for planet Earth.
And as the message of the messenger of the golden pyramid-shaped
artefact says: ‘There is more between heaven and Earth.’ Who knows what
humanity will have to face later...?
Rumours About the Arrival of the Lost Army from
Babylon
The messenger, who came out of the golden pyramid-shaped artefact,
remains a mystery to the scientists. He seems like an ordinary, but strange
man. He looks old and frail.
Nobody, even he, does not know how old he is. He cannot know that
precisely. According to a scientist’s estimate, he is ancient and the man
himself believes he is more than a thousand years old.
He is fluent in three languages: Arabic, Aramaic and Hebrew. During
the first conversations, he talked about the holy war against the devil, which
is won by the holy army. Later, he talked about older events, which he has
seen happen on Earth and beyond.
According to him, the biggest problem is the devil; he claims that its
influence has not completely disappeared. He claims that the devil will
strike again because many of its people must be avenged. The devil may
want to rebuild its influence.
According to the elderly man, most of the armed forces have been
eliminated. However, an ancient army is still present on Earth, the worst
army that has ever existed, an army of souls, who had suffered so much
pain that these know nothing better than what the devil had put them
through. They had been so abandoned and for all these years, their pain had
been ignored by normal people, that they voluntarily have chosen the
devil’s path. This process spanned thousands of years.
This evil army is composed of souls with a perceivable skeletal shape,
instead of a body. The army is populated by the best-trained swordsmen
from ancient Babylon. There is a reason for this. The king of Babylon had
researched the nature and existence of the devil. He had built the Hanging
Gardens, a temple where people were sacrificed, to wage a holy war against
the devil. An army was created from souls, suspended in what appeared to
be a time gate; with this equipment, the king has sacrificed his armies to
fight against the devil. The best soldiers were sacrificed, while they were
hooked to the magical system and thrown into a portal, a time gap. Through
their lifeline, these soldiers lived in imprisonment and they have been left to
their faith. Practices belonging to alchemy also existed in that era.
So, these ancient soldiers were trapped by the culprits in a beam of
light. The army grew, the souls could not escape, they did not die. For
centuries, they lingered in the temple. Despite many attempts by angels to
save the souls, these could not be released. The day would come, when this
army would arise, an army that had to endure for centuries, knowing
nothing better than to fight for evil, to avenge their frightful feelings and to
find a way to stop the torture.
These soldiers know nothing better than to do the same to the others.
They have obeyed the devil for years. Their souls were forced to. One day,
this army will be released to create fear across planet Earth! They are able
to kill and kidnap people on behalf of the way the devil pushed them, that
of evil. Their souls are brined in evil.
The devil has told the messenger that only he was allowed to see its
practices. This was a pleasure for the devil. Doing so, it could laugh about
the situation, he assumes, probably to make its strange and boring world a
beauty, to add cheer to it.
After about a year, after these impressions obtained from the elderly
man, which people categorise as delusions, citizens and governments
around the world begin to report strange sightings above Earth. All citizens
see several coloured, cube-shaped tunnels, like green and yellow streaks,
that have been drawn above Earth. The colours remain visible day and
night, causing a lot of fear among the citizens. Some people think, it is a
sign of a new alien invasion or that humans again have to deal with the
devil and its companions.
The Air Force and scientists are investigating the phenomenon. The
scientists conclude that it is an unprecedented form of ‘terraforming’, the
process of dividing an area into pieces. Each ‘terra’ represents a small area,
visible in the shape of a virtual cube. The Air Force tries to intercept the
enemy’s signals, without success. Unsuccessful attempts are made to
remove the stripes from the sky. People experience that the army is trying to
move the cube shapes, using acoustic sound vibrations. This is not working
either.
This indicates that a new conflict may be possible. To be sure, some
details about the new conflict will be released. It is recommended by
officials to stay together and not become psychotic from anxiety. After all,
the hospitals are getting crowded.
On television, this messenger’s story is being told as if it is fiction as
if such a war cannot hit Earth. Despite these efforts to calm people, there is
some panic.
Since the arrival of the companions, a huge demand for weapons has
arisen. People buy up weapons, not only firearms… Also, swords are much
in demand. The demand for fencing as a sport has increased and people
have set up several fencing clubs.
In some places around the world, large sky-wide flasks become
visible to humans, day and night. The scientists believe the fighters may
wander down and terrorise Earth.
Then, one evening when the sun goes down, reports start coming
from all over the world, all about the same phenomenon: spirits are spotted
in and around people’s houses. People are terrified!
That same evening reports come in... Many thousands of people are
missing. It is believed that they would have been transported in their sleep
to electronic loungers by the devil’s army. However, they all miraculously
return to their beds and wake up normally that morning. They are still
among the people. People do not even realise they have left Earth. People
do not speak of this phenomenon and religious leaders see their return as
the work of the angels. Although, all people need to be medically screened,
just in case. This often happens without passing on information to the
people.
It seems that the devil is not alone in the sky. Many flashes of light
become visible all day, also in the evening, on the second day. Several
times, thunder is seen in clear skies. A war is raging among whom, who
fights who is the big question…
People hope that the fighting will end, without humanity having to
intervene in a war people still know little about. The war greatly resembles
a war that must be fought without the intervention of the people, a war
between angels, devils and their leader: Satan.
How can humanity venture onto the devil’s path without facing death
and ending up like the devil?
The Pyramids Are Being Prepared
The scientists conclude, that if people want to create a passage to
these ancient dimensions of the devil, humanity could use the pyramids as a
holding point to prevent the soul from dying while going down the devil’s
path. It is a complex theory because these dimensions are different, these
are located between heaven and Earth. There is a difference between
dimensions for the living and the living dead.
Nevertheless, the military leaders believe in this theory and they want
to take a chance against the new threat.
The captured pyramids have been encased in stone chambers. An
attempt is made to remove the chambers’ stone roofs as quickly as possible.
Now, the pyramids float in the sky again...
The scientists and technicians try to connect to these unknown portals
of the devil. They succeed, it seems as if the pyramids were built to serve
this purpose. A path to death has been created again.
The portals open after entering the key code, almost the same
encryption as the one used during the messenger’s arrival. Now, they are
able to see the angels take up the battle against the army of living dead
souls. They see how far the sky reaches and how great the meaning of life
is. A dazzling scene arises, when an angel bans the pyramids, by making a
gesture. After all, it is their war!
Human interference is unnecessary...? Before they can move one step
and do something, the dream is already over…
The military leaders use this event as an argument to banish the
pyramids forever. Once again, they are placed in their stone chambers. This
time it is final, some declare. However, the military leaders decide not to
close the roofs over the pyramids until the stripes in the sky have
disappeared. A month later, the portals and stripes disappear from the sky
and the roofs of the pyramids are restored.
Yet, the scientists continue to examine the pyramids. All their secrets
must be unravelled!
Again, it is uncertain what happened to the devil. It is almost certain
that the being has suffered another defeat because life goes on! It is
assumed that the danger has disappeared, for now...
The end is good. The end is the beginning of a new era!
The devil also awakens from its dream… Who knows what the future
will look like?
The Beginning of the End
The lost army of Babylon seems defeated because the angels got
involved in the war. The army is asleep again.
However, the devil is awake to whisper to the people again. Time
after time, the devil stays awake and out of the hands of the angels; time
after time, it manages to follow people in their life and change their destiny.
Meanwhile, rumours circulate that strange beings wake the devil up
through rituals. That its soul is connected to a supercomputer, which makes
its path turn away from the path of God. A side route to the Holy Spirit (the
archangel Gabriel) is created and it leads the devil to another destination.
These conspirators seek a chance to attract the lost souls of the dead.
The culprit whispers to scientists to continue with a new technology,
which will lead to finding a method for humans to change life expectancy,
creating a longer life course. The devil is betting on a technology that will
harm the soul, in such a way that the body balance will be disturbed.
Scientists are progressing on human genome research. They have
discovered that the body comprises several connecting particles. By
mutating some of these genes, proteins and enzymes, they are able to create
a nucleus, that will make a mutation possible. The scientists estimate that
such a mutated human could live to become approximately a thousand years
old.
The big question remains, whether these people would fit into a
normal lifestyle, as we all experience. Besides, would they not contract
diseases, such as cancer. What about their overall health: do they have to
live a thousand years as old people? According to scientists, people do not
have to, becoming older stays a gradual process…
Already in the year 2012, newspapers have reported that this new
technology was being fully investigated and that scientists had mastered the
technique of ageing. They did not specify how this process would take place
and how it would be implemented.
According to critics, such technology is against the laws of nature and
humanity is taking on all kinds of diseases and doom. A scientific approach
entails that certain particles of the body are likely to interact, which relieves
one half of the body of old age. The other half is less vulnerable to old age.
The scientists are working on the final calculations of the diagram
needed to isolate the particles. They are working on indices, which are
calculated by extrapolating. Information, most people do not want to know
about. These include, for example, numbers showing the strength of the
connections of ions relative to each other. These also highlight the structure
and the shape of the particles.
Some scientists are preparing to undergo the mutation after animal
studies have shown that the mutation appears to be safe for use. Many
volunteers continue to report to the scientists to undergo the tests. They all
dream of a life, that will last more than a thousand years.
The scientists inject a nucleus into the body and then use radio
frequencies to irradiate the substance, to force the human body to mutate,
after a clotting process, the mutation takes over some functions of the body.
This is a slightly dangerous process, whereby the entire body is irradiated
for a long time; whereby the eyes and ears are hooked to and bound with
this mutation.
The two halves of the brain are different, so in the end, the mutation
affects both parts of the brain and body.
Now, the body is obliged to generate a stable habitat for the mutation.
What happens next, is more difficult to understand: in short, the mutation
has to be fed by electrons. To achieve this, the left and the right part of the
body are connected, providing energy for the mutation.
The body is crucified and the soul is exalted. A modern form of
spiritual crucifixion has been invented. The mutation feeds itself with
electrons, which are circulating in an infinite circuit. An example of an
infinite circuit: the Star of David.
In other words: an infinite circuit, that possesses a magnetic charge, is
already irradiated in the body. The infinite circuit is connected to the
constellation of the person! What the scientists assume, is that when the
body gets mutated, it obstructs an angel. A side effect that must have major
consequences.
According to the Quran, each person possesses two angels on both
sides of the body, who report the good and bad deeds the person commits. If
an angel were obstructed, a devil could whisper to the person. In other
words: because of the mutation, one angel will no longer be able to defend
the body from the evil of the devil; the angel will be obstructed from
reaching and defending the body.
The constellation of a mutated person will become weaker. False
preachers will tell the opposite, claiming that the people, provided with
knots will become mentally stronger!
So, the person becomes vulnerable to whispers from the devil and its
companions; this person can become psychotic. The area between the two
hemispheres of the brain, the two sides of the body, becomes fixed there
and this area becomes completely susceptible to whispering from the devil.
The people, who go through this process, indicate that they do not see
any differences compared to their old lives, which already comprised of
sex, drugs and rock’n’roll. Life goes on for them. Although, a minority of
people report that they are becoming more annoyed in life. Something
bothers them all day.
Yet, people prefer eternal life. What has been assigned to a select
group of people, is increasingly being applied to other people and an elite
group of people is emerging, people speak about mutants. There is an
explosive rise in people, who become psychotic, simply because they
believe they see ghosts walking around all over America, where this event
is taking place. An increase in psychotic behaviour is also reported in other
parts of the Western world.
During a leap month, more people report seeing ghosts in and around
their homes. More and more rumours circulate that the spirits have risen
again to terrorise Earth...
Some psychotic people report seeing ‘skeletons’ and are occasionally
startled by shadows in and around their homes. Perhaps, more reason to
believe that the lost army of Babylon is waking up again.
Ghost Stories in the Media
At a congress in Washington, the president of the United States is
giving a speech on security and terrorism and he repeats that terrorism will
be dealt with harshly. The war on terrorism has been rekindled and the
hatchet is taken up. People are being captured all over the world and sent to
Guantanamo Bay, where they are tortured and humiliated in this
concentration camp. They pose a danger to the Western world; their views
and opinions are such that they provoke terror.
While the president is speaking, an apparition becomes visible, which
runs right past the president and then stands behind him. This phenomenon
is briefly visible for many people and the recording must be rewound
repeatedly to confirm it. The president finishes his speech and has no reason
to worry. However, there is a realisation among people that much worse
dangers are lurking for humanity…
In his next speech, the president talks about what the future will bring
us. About the phenomenon, he acts funny and tries to draw attention to what
has already been achieved against the army of the devil.
The devil’s companions have been inflicted a final twist of the noose.
Humanity is creating a new era, in which life will be given more substance.
The human lifespan is increasing and he claims that it may be possible for
all Americans to undergo a special procedure and radiotherapy to extend
their lifespan.
The president announces that people will live for more than a
thousand years and that the population and economy will expand. He
presents calculations regarding whether the economy can cope with the
influx of people because people are going to live longer. Perhaps birth
restrictions have to be considered, problems that are being pushed into the
future.
He warns against speculation: ‘It is pure technology that will bring a
better life for people. Hundreds of people have preceded you,’ he reports,
resorting to cliché. ‘This select group of pioneers have made all this
possible for all of us.’
It is as if a curse is pronounced on humanity, judging by the silence
during the speech. People hold their breaths.
Protests are organised all over the world and religious groups in
America are participating. These proceed peacefully. People express their
objections about this new human species, pointing to the mutation that is
going to produce an unnatural human being.
Protests also arise in the Islamic world. A movement claims that
Allah (God) gives the human being life and that only Allah can prolong it.
Scientists from the Islamic world claim, that it is a miracle that humans can
prolong life, they state that a mutation can lead to the emergence of
incurable diseases. In the end, Allah determines what is possible. They
declare that in the past humans have also experienced a longer life
expectancy, claiming that this had natural causes.
What becomes incurable is the soul. The human psyche is so
compromised that people become different; they are exposed to whispering
from the devil.
Some relatives of people claim they see people slipping as if they
become possessed after the mutation process. It is not only a psychological
problem that arises but also a moral one.
In the media, possession becomes a topic of conversation. People also
talk about groups of people, who do not want to be mutated. Will they
withstand this new technology? Questions are discussed, such as: ‘What if
the devil’s army awakens again?’ Hours of talks are held, in which different
religious leaders of different religions take part.
The people of America have taken a significant risk. In the years that
follow, scientists and the media continue to claim that the health effects
remain positive.
Many people are interested in this new technology. Many want to
undergo the mutation as well. The Migration Service reports an explosive
rise in people seeking asylum and in people, who want to work in America.
Research in Space
A secret science space mission is planned at a nearby location in
space. The scientists measure, whether there are any anomalies at the
location.
They have been busy for days. Unfortunately, they continuously
notice a problem. They have encountered an electromagnetic field, which is
not triangular shaped, but round this time. They know, from experience, a
combination of eight triangular electromagnetic fields form a round shape.
The scientists calculate the circumference and structure of the round
shape and attempt to force something to unlock. A structure is printed into
space using an advanced 3D printing system. With a loud crackle and
rumbling, an object, the size of a giant comet, appears at some distance
from the vessels.
The scientists name the object: ‘An artificial moon’. They expect the
object to be the devil’s last resting place and perhaps some companions
have also retreated here. A strange glow is visible on the artificial moon,
indicating the presence of a portal system. This glow is in the shape of a
star.
The scientists will investigate the star shape in the coming days; the
soldiers on the spaceships will be involved in the research. The scientists
explain to the soldiers, that where the path of the devil crosses, the path has
to be shaped like a star…
A route is mapped out to show the beginning and the end of the path;
they have to move this route, following the grid lines of the star shape, to be
able to enter the artificial moon. The scientists assume that this route must
be followed in the portal system, to reach the devil’s chamber. They must
enter the entrance one by one, or they will fall from the atmosphere of the
artificial moon into space. This means death for the men.
This is a hack and the only way to enter at the moment. The culprits
do not need to follow a star shape, they possess the knowledge to enter
directly.
The scientists discuss whether it would be more convenient to steer
the entire platoon in the same direction, under the command of the captain.
They decide to send each soldier separately into the portals, otherwise, there
is a substantial risk that a captain can misdirect everyone. Each soldier
receives a copy of the route.
The soldiers, equipped with spacesuits, are launched from the
spaceships towards the artificial moon. They navigate to the first portal with
jet packs. A quarter of the men do not reach the first portal! They are
pushed out of the artificial moon’s atmosphere with high pressure; they just
do not make it. They also could not correct the speed, at which they spin
around with the jet packs. Something the scientists feared, is happening.
The others jump from portal to portal. They move at their own risk
through the portal system and the artificial moon, the portals penetrate the
core of the artificial moon.
They arrive at a point in the artificial moon that revolves around,
although it seems like the room does not rotate, but stands on a mechanism
that keeps the balance. They force the door with the provided tools, with
which they have been equipped.
One by one, they enter a hidden space. They come across the spirit of
a demonic slave instead of the devil. The being shoots a fireball at the
crowd of soldiers. Many soldiers die and suffer injuries.
The soldiers shoot with firearms and try to advance, and spread out in
space. They hear loud screaming while shooting and the fight seems to end!
They think the demon has been hit and has freaked out; they are wary of its
return.
They inspect the electronic loungers in this space. The commander
gives the order to blow things up, if necessary. They place some bombs.
The captain gives another order to check whether the electronic loungers
can be turned off, hoping the devil’s electronic lounger is in between.
Within minutes, the men turn off the electronic loungers with a
previously used command. A being seems to die with a loud ‘ahh’ scream,
that echoes through the space. The scientists assume it worked. They
indicate that the spirit of a living being should have been released from the
supercomputer; it leaves those present on its way to God, where it will have
to confess its sins.
The soldiers inspect the space for any useful information and valuable
tools. They obtain secret information about Earth's matters, which also
includes information about the mutation, that people are undergoing in the
United States...
The soldiers are commanded to return to the spacecraft. Although this
is still difficult, the men return to the spaceships with the help of the jet
packs.
The artificial moon is left uninhabited. For now, a little command post
will be installed, with working radio equipment. In future, the plan is to
inhabit this command post…
A Warm Welcome
The spaceships enter Earth’s atmosphere. Earth’s military leaders
follow the spaceships live on their screens. It is a memorable event.
The spaceships land and the crew are welcomed as heroes by officials
and colleagues! They have taken the risk of ending the reign of the devil. It
has become a spectacular mission with a beautiful ending.
For them, a bright future awaits, a life of sacrifice, which they and
humanity can recount to the grandchildren…
Consequently, it is announced on television, that the programme to
prolong life will be frozen until an accepted scientific position is taken on
this subject and it should not be objected to from a religious point of view.
Tempers finally subside. The people receive an antidote to return the
body to normal functioning. Although not everyone is happy about this, it is
strictly controlled...
Rest returns to people’s minds. Psychologically healthy people are
preferred over prosperous and mentally unhealthy.
For now, it is over. A centuries-old mystery has been revealed. The
question remains, how the inhabitants of Earth will present themselves in
the next scenario, returning to reality…
End
The Pyramids and Triangles: Book 2
No Secrets for the New World Order
A Confrontation at the End of the Second World War
At the end of the Second World War, Germany capitulates, only near
Berlin fighting is still raging. The Allies celebrate the end of the war;
celebrations are held all over the world, especially in the US, the Soviet
Union and Europe.
However, it is not over in Germany; the war is raging a few
kilometres from Berlin, in the countryside. Fierce fighting takes place
between the German units and the American soldiers. The fighting focuses
on one point. The Americans do not understand why the resistance
continues. There seems to be no end to it.
The American commanders think it is strange that a relatively derelict
country is so well defended, now that the war should be over. According to
the platoons, these are fanatical and experienced soldiers, namely the
Waffen-SS and the Allgemeine-SS.
The commanders of the American forces wonder if the Germans have
anything to hide and they assume the German soldiers are trying to win
time. The Allies decide to send auxiliaries to this area and intensify the
fight. Across a long line, the fighting continues. There is fighting at every
metre.
After the first day of the bombardment by aircraft and artillery, the
Allies achieve their first great success. A unit has found a secret
passageway to an underground bunker. The American commanders have the
choice to blow up everything or to send the soldiers out to take over the
bunker. Before they can decide, American intelligence advises them to
capture the bunker, because it may contain valuable technology and reports
indicate that important scientists are present. Reports from other
intelligence agencies support this view.
Morale among the Allied soldiers is high because the war has been
won. Many men are going back to the home front. Although, some soldiers
are disappointed that they have been instructed to take over the bunker. The
German soldiers will bravely resist and many will not make it home.
The plan is to first encircle, then secure the entrance to the
passageway to this bunker and then see if other, multiple passageways can
be found in the area. Then, the soldiers will have to enter the passageways,
where the Germans may resist heavily.
The fighting is intense. By midnight, the Germans are completely
pushed back into the bunker. The Germans are heavily armed with
flamethrowers and ‘Panzerfaust’, anti-tank weapons.
The bunker is surrounded and it has been mapped as extending
underground for many kilometres. It appears to have been built in such a
way that it consists of several passageway systems that zigzag towards the
centre.
The order is given to continue the attack immediately and not to give
the Germans the chance to dig further into the bunker. At each passage, the
American soldiers open fire. They first deploy flamethrowers, a vain
attempt, as the Germans are hiding too far in the bunker and shoot at the
soldiers with machine guns and rifles. The end of every passageway and
every corner is constantly under attack. The Americans use the same
tactics: they also indiscriminately shoot at the Germans at every passage.
The Americans deploy highly experienced and well-trained soldiers
to breach the passageways. The fighting is intense and many die and the
Germans are so well dug in that progress is arduous. Around midnight, they
are halfway through the bunker. The men zigzag to reach the centre of the
bunker, many perishing in the conflagration. They take fire from shooters
behind concrete blocks as they move between domed spaces with lots of
solid concrete, where heavy ammunition such as bazookas and grenades are
most effective.
The auxiliaries arriving are immediately led into the bunker and many
soldiers begin to question whether securing the bunker is worth so many
lives. Most of the elite soldiers are dead or injured and morale is dropping.
While many Germans have died, they have suffered proportionally fewer
deaths than the Americans.
Shortly after midnight, the message comes from soldiers that one of
the passageways leads into an opening to a hangar, guarded by an armoured
vehicle and strange weaponry, which the soldiers describe as robotic. They
have encountered soldiers, who are armoured with a so-called exoskeleton.
Besides, they report being constantly bombarded with smoke grenades,
preventing them from seeing the opening and having to withdraw.
The commanders decide to stop the bombardment of the other
passageways; a front is created. They further decide to use this passageway,
as the breach has been successfully forced here. Auxiliary troops, armed
with heavy weaponry, are sent into the passageway.
The soldiers bring along sandbags, which they throw into the
passageway, just before the opening, to provide cover against the heavy
weaponry of the Germans. They have bazookas at the ready, to prevent a
counterattack from the robotic soldiers.
In the end, in all the passages, the soldiers are urged to launch a
second attack, with the primary objective of knocking the Germans back
through the breach. The plan is to push through from the breach of the line,
attack the rest of the Germans from behind the line and encircle them in the
passageways.
Suddenly, the lights in the passageways flicker on and off; then all the
soldiers experience a strange sensation. Some men panic. They
communicate over the radio that it has gone black before their eyes and that
they feel as though they have entered a dream-like state. The soldiers are
experiencing a kind of hallucination. Miraculously, everything goes back to
normal again.
The US commanders assume the Germans have conducted some sort
of experiment, at the last minute. The question people ask themselves is:
‘What happened?’
The commanders give the order to resume the attack. The soldiers,
nearing the breach, throw grenades into the opening, they are confronted
with the same action. They have to retreat before the enemy grenades
explode and before a barrage of gunfire erupts from the armoured vehicle.
Some soldiers hide behind the sandbags and the corpses of fallen
soldiers. After throwing grenades, soldiers equipped with bazookas must
make a difference. One unit targets and hits the armoured vehicle with
success!
The robotic soldiers fight back bravely. Although, they cannot
withstand the bazookas and the overwhelming number of enemy soldiers.
The units capture the space near the forced breach and they push through
the hangar to the other passageways.
The Germans fight to the death while hiding in the hangar behind
objects in a panic. Their defences have been breached! Now, they are
attacked from the front and the rear! The remaining Germans are
surrounded, the fights in the passageways intensify.
In the end, most German soldiers are found dead and the bunker falls
into American hands. In an adjacent space, scientists and other officials are
found surrendering to the Americans.
In this space, a large pyramid-shaped object floats over a platform.
The platform is a so-called ‘BAK’, which serves to communicate with the
object that floats above it. The platform sends and receives signals from the
pyramid-shaped object.
The prisoners are immediately led out of the room. The room is
closed to unauthorised persons, sealed for further investigation.
Only a few soldiers have seen what is hidden there, the events are
being retold among the soldiers. Once outside, they are told that no one is
ever allowed to talk about the object or the events that have taken place in
the bunker, that this information is classified and that the mission will
remain secret...
A team of specialists enter the bunker. For many days, people
constantly come and leave. They are interested in a computer, which is
installed near the ‘BAK', it shows colours on a screen. On the screen, the
specialists see different colours, which light up in a circular pattern. Below
the screen is a swastika installed, which lights up at the same time.
The function and origin of the pyramid-shaped object are unclear to
the specialists. For further investigation, they decide to continue the
experiment in the United States. The specialists decide to ship the object to
the United States. The specialists, members of the intelligence service,
persuade the German scientists and officials to come to the United States.
They give them a choice: they can come the easy or the hard way.
The Discovery of a Lost Civilisation
As the research progresses, people come across new clues. Scientists
are deciphering the source code of the pyramids, including the artefacts,
currently in the possession of humankind. The codename of the project has
been named ‘Transformation’.
They have come across something, which looks like a map. It is a
representation of planet Earth, with a few dots depicted on the screen of the
computer, captured on the Germans at the end of the Second World War.
The scientists have come a long way, the source code is almost
completely deciphered. Once they have deciphered the code, they have to
click on the dots on the screen to make two supercomputers show an exact
location (one supercomputer has been built by the Nazis, built for
deciphering the captured artefact. In other words, the combination of the
captured artefact and the ‘BAK' represent the other supercomputer).
Deciphering the source code is difficult. It is like a puzzle that has to
be put together. Different colours or different frequencies need to fit around
and around each other. In other words, experts need to look at which
frequencies of light and in which combinations these need to be carried
through to fit into a physical keyhole: a printed key, in 3D, must fit in a
physical lock.
Full of expectation, they press the buttons. Eventually, a logo appears
on the monitor belonging to ‘the Champions’. There are two sides, one is
called: the Champions and the opposing party: the Losers, or companions.
To the scientists’ outrage, after pressing the buttons, the computer
starts showing video footage and images. The storytelling is in ancient
languages, which sound familiar. The scientists are able to translate some of
them, as all ancient languages include words, similar to those of modern
languages. For example, some languages are similar to Hebrew and Arabic
and some include Latin words.
The scientists must decipher the story by relying mostly on the video
footage and images.
The images show that on planet Earth a nice civilisation existed and
that peace prevailed. The visual images indicate that technicians tried to
preserve information, this knowledge had to be passed on to their offspring.
That it was important to convey this information because it would allow
people to distinguish friend from foe.
While there were minor wars on Earth, peace mostly prevailed. In
times of peace, world leaders could not notice the rise of the enemy.
However, the devil and its demonic slaves also existed in their time, as they
would probably exist in the future. There were three demonic slaves in their
time. Probably, it was likely that several more would exist in the future.
The devil gained more power as humanity became more
technologically advanced. In ancient times, there were few companions of
the devil in our midst. In the modern world, things became easier for them.
More and more people were recruited for a better world.
This civilisation entered a futuristic era, in which everything became
possible. Humanity possessed spacecraft, which could fly into space.
Enough food was in stock and all kinds of equipment were available to
humanity.
Humanity also possessed information about older cultures, about the
devil, the pyramids and the triangle-shaped objects. People saw no
immediate danger and those who saw something were considered strange.
One day, the devil’s army appeared in the sky with their pyramids and
triangles and threatened to kill people. All financial systems collapsed and
panic reigned in the world. The people waited patiently and hoped that
nothing would happen to them, because a higher power would help them.
One by one, precious people were killed and tortured by evil beings. This
was to force humanity to surrender. Kings, heads of government and
important heads of state were brought to their end to force humanity to
surrender. Humanity entered an alliance among themselves and hoped for a
victory by joining forces.
Humanity knew that a frequency, which represented a rail system,
kept the pyramids and triangles in the air. The pyramids obtained energy by
a frequency. The triangles were controlled by the pyramids. The triangles
reflected the sunlight.
Still, the technique was basic. A signal was sent from a phaser or a
double frequency source. Then, by transmitting, receiving and transmitting
this received signal back, the objects were able to float.
Humans possessed technology, that made it possible for them to
create their own portals. Portals were set up in key places to confront the
enemy. Unfortunately, they made the mistake of linking their systems to
those of the culprits.
By linking their supercomputers to the supercomputer of the culprits,
they imagined, in the beginning, that they could wage an equal battle
against the devil’s army, this turned out to be false hope. In the future,
people might also find it easier to link the systems. It was too technically
complicated to replicate that system.
The only way known to hook up with the devil’s system was to
spiritually engage someone and crucify a person in the same way as the
devil crucified people. To identify the method, the alliance had lost many
precious lives, elite soldiers that humankind had never known before.
The method involved crucifying the body, after which the soul of the
person underwent an electromagnetic coupling, from positive to negative
and N/S to S/N. The signal hooked up to the rail system and a person could
walk in the light tunnels. They named this technique: ‘Chakra.’ They
produced many alternatives to the chakra, the spiritual cross and spiritual
crucifixion always applied.
The devil outsmarted them in a way they could not imagine. The
systems (BAK) had linked them to a pyramid, which they had previously
‘won’ from the devil. It had been deciphered and reprogrammed. The devil’s
system turned out to have a module that passed all the data from the
systems to that of the enemy. It was so cleverly put together by the creators,
that when the proprietary system was calibrated to the existing system, this
unique code could easily be retrieved. It was designed in such a way, that
every chakra was immediately deciphered and revealed.
What touched humanity the most, was the number of companions of
the devil on Earth. The companions kidnapped and tortured people until
they obeyed. With time, the enemy had obtained loyal followers. The
children did the dirty work and the elderly, who gained more influence in
society, got the job done, which was to regulate the people as much as
possible. Their children were educated in all cultures and all religions, and
they gained many followers. Few saw dangers, despite the warning signs.
In society, many of these people had taken over important religious
positions and gained economic power.
When humanity wanted to fight the devil’s army, followers were
raised against the present order and they wanted to start their own war. In
many religious areas, these followers managed to convince the people to
fight not for the government, but for the religion, which fell under the
control of a diabolical servant. They also were found to have access to the
dimensions. At the dawn of the allied attack, they attacked the coalition.
Some countries broke the coalition!
It became a fight against the evil companions, against the people,
who had been deceived by the devil. They were therefore also called the
Losers.
In many places in the world, people entered the portals to reach the
pyramids and fight in the light tunnels. In the countryside, fighting erupted
everywhere between companions and the forces of law and order. In the
border areas, a violent ground war with the companions erupted, which led
to large losses of life and equipment. Precious equipment was also used in
space and the air. The fleet to serve for the defence of the planet was
severely damaged.
In the entered dimensions, complete chaos prevailed. The battlefield
always changed from person to person. The people tried to make their way
in the light tunnels; they found that they had to walk in a structured and
changing pattern, to reach the control room of the triangles. Reaching the
control room of a portal system resembled solving a maze. The direction of
the portals and the routes in the light tunnels did not always remain the
same and were changed by the enemy to their advantage.
The passageways were arranged in such a way that the companions
could always surprise the enemy. Thus, it was important for the Champions
to move through the portals in large numbers. Every time they entered the
portals, men had to go into battle against men with swords, spears and
axes. And when a physical space had to be entered, for example, a control
room, firearms had to be drawn immediately and a firefight ensued.
Eventually, the Champions overcame the companions, who were
stripped of their hold (chakra) on the system. The culprits withdrew and
three pyramids were taken from the sky and buried in temples in secret
places around the world (just like in recent history, as discussed in Book 1).
The companions claimed victory among themselves and made life
difficult for the coalition.
Just when peace returned to Earth, humanity was besieged by beings,
they believed, might be humankind's ancient enemy, an enemy that creates
enemies for humanity.
The companions and Champions again united against a common
enemy. Unfortunately, humanity’s resistance, the defences, were crumbling.
Much of the equipment was lost during the fighting between the two sides.
The enemy was out for revenge because of the loss of the pyramids to
humanity and deployed weaponry with devastating firepower. Entire cities
were wiped out from the sky. The enemy deployed large numbers of men,
who hunted down people all over the world.
The ending of the video is particularly informative: they had
preserved technology and materials that would better equip the offspring
against the devil and its companions, in an upcoming conflict, in the future.
The supplies were marked with the Champions’ symbol, a physical lock
combined with a digital key.
The enemy saw a potential threat. Once this threat became imminent,
they would resurface and try to change humanity again.
It is assumed that the video ends with the sentence: ‘We call this
event: a
‘Reset’.’
A civilisation that is likely to have experienced significant
technological progress.
Who has set up the magical system and who will confront humanity
when a potentially dangerous alliance is formed? The scientists declare that
the demonic slaves were defeated in some way, yet they may have returned
to Earth again.
This would mean that the victory against the devil’s army, in recent
history, was not the ultimate victory. It is not even enough to make the
enemy civilisation decide to preserve the planet...
Among the Champions’ stock are different types of tools, including
knotting machines, machines that are used for ‘magic’. A chakra could be
made with such a machine. In technical terms, it is a way to combine two
frequencies, thus creating magnetism. N/S, at first, which is then combined
with another magnetic field to create energy that allows an object to float.
N/S + S/N = +/–. One frequency, an A symbol, combined with another A,
an electromagnetic field connected to the body in an infinite circuit creates
a chakra in the body.
The Reincarnation of the Trinity
The origin of the pyramids and triangle-shaped objects is not clear.
Humanity does not know who designed and built them.
The scientists assume the objects are ancient; some think the beings
that have built these objects did so in the name of God. The beings may
have seen it as accomplishing a ritual. At the same time, they acquired
technical knowledge and could restrain people in the event of war. To know
what they considered a ritual, we must assume that they are behind the
reincarnation of the devil.
Scientists think that those behind the devil’s judging, believe that this
way of sacrifice is necessary for life on Earth. The culprits have devised a
way to lead the soul, which moves to the Root and then follows the path to
God, back to Earth using the Saint Root.
First, we need to understand how the ritual works. In Islam, we are
told that when a person dies, the soul is led to God by the ability or power
of the archangel Azrael. The souls of the dead reach God through the Holy
Spirit, by interacting between the archangels Gabriel and Azrael, the soul
switches from life to death. In this book, the Holy Spirit is mostly called the
Root, the life force of the archangel Gabriel (Holy Spirit), in the case of the
devil’s Root, it is called Saint Root.
All living beings interact in a certain way with this Root. The devil’s
Saint Root is different, yet it uses the same principle, so people can become
confused. Some people think the devil’s Saint Root is connected to the Root
through an instrument, which is connected to all humans and other beings,
through a strange mutation-like event. So, it is also directly linked or
connected to the archangel Gabriel, who in turn has kept the Prophet
Jesus/Isa near his side since the crucifixion attempt. The Saint Root is still
connected to the prophet.
It is said, in the Hadith, that every child is ‘touched’ by the devil,
before birth. I think the term: the Mark of the Beast, refers to this
phenomenon.
We are all connected to the Root, and also to the trinity, the Saint
Root. That is why some people believe that the trinity should be holy!
To know the frequency of the connection to the Root requires knowing
the length of the equator and the speed of light. The speed of light is
estimated at 300,000 kilometres per second and the length of the equator is
approximately 40,000 kilometres. This means Earth possesses a
polarisation of 7.5 hertz. Light orbits Earth 7.5 times a second and all
magnetic fields on Earth possess this frequency. All life forms on Earth also
possess a frequency in the body: a frequency of 7.5 hertz.
The human body is divided into a left and right half, and the Root is
concealed in the fissure between the two halves. The body’s frequency
gives the body energy through a biological process that produces the
necessary heat to keep the body alive.
The path to God resembles the workings of plants’ roots, everyone
can imagine a Root of life energy. The Root, Holy Spirit, is an energy
movement, which provides life energy.
The more life on Earth, the stronger this Root becomes because it is a
biological cycle of life energy. The more life on Earth, the greater the
Root’s capacity to transport the souls of people, animals and insects. The
capacity increases as life energy increases.
The Root possesses a certain curve relative to Earth, which causes a
certain frequency, an energy movement, connected to the Universe. This
energy movement transports ‘trace elements’ of all the living and dead
beings in the ecosystem. This is not to be confused with traces derived from
flora and fauna.
In cartoons, we often see people, who die and rise to heaven with a
halo, a golden ring, on the head. Modern Christian civilisations know about
the existence of the Root, and they have conducted advanced research and
possess scientifically well-founded information about the Root’s curve,
height and latitude. Without this information, they cannot study, use, or
expand the Root, nor the Saint Root.
In Islam exists the so-called ‘nūr’, which carries energy. This energy
comprises the trace elements, which occur in the Universe’s nature, not only
on our planet; which are produced by the constant rotation of the planets,
stars and moons around each other.
A trace element is, in fact, a signal, a frequency. A complex
combination of multiple frequencies creates a larger trace element
(constellation/ ‘nūr’). All life forms are in constant interaction with the
source of life. They move along in the solar system, with this movement
producing unique trace elements.
Constellations exist in every human, each person possesses a unique
one, because each person possesses different combinations of angels on the
left and the right side. Each constellation provides a different ‘nūr’. Well-
known constellations are ‘Ahmed’ and ‘Amin’. Ahmed is the known
constellation of all prophets, who have existed until now. For example: the
Prophet Jesus' constellation (Ahmed)...
The birth of a child with the constellation ‘Ahmed' does not yet mean
that a prophet has been born. The devil managed to sabotage this
constellation in approximately the year 0 (zero) when the Prophet Jesus had
been spiritually crucified. From that day on, the devil started counting, an
astrological event had to occur.
The Islamic people claim that the Prophet Muhammad was the last.
This suggests that after the Prophet Mohammed, no other prophets could
live...
The children with the constellation ‘Ahmed’, or maybe it has turned
into ‘R'Ahmed', are the messengers (Mahdis) of Earth. Many are being
monitored by the devil and its companions. The culprits are the first ones,
who know that such children are born.
The Islamic People state that these messengers are not prophets, but
‘veli', who are still special people, who have ties with God/Allah. They are
being victimised by evil, during their lives.
This writing suggests that when the Prophet Jesus returns when good
becomes victorious over evil, he will return with his original constellation
as the prophet of mankind. Also, the messengers will become prophets...
The exception is that certain trace elements do not belong to humans,
such as ‘Allah’, ‘Hu’, and so on. I assume that these trace elements can
neither be produced nor taken up by humans. These belong to the creator.
The devil attempts to create false trace elements by using an
instrument, which is called: the knotting machine. It combines two
frequencies and transmits and receives this signal at the same time. It
creates an infinite circuit or rotation, which is connected to a victim.
Moreover, the communication language of nature is in Arabic letters
(not the human language). Other natural communication languages
probably do not exist.
Sometimes a trace element can be read on plants. The interaction
between trace elements and plants is a research topic in the field of biology
that still needs to be explored in depth. However, some science can be
classified as pseudoscience by the ignorant and those, who do not want to
know about it.
The image that follows, illustrates an example of an (unknown) trace
element I came across on a red plant, that bloomed at home. The letter
combination (nūr) was written in white, written by nature, on a red flower:
A way has been devised by evil to connect to the Holy Spirit and
grow a plant of fire (Saint Root) towards it. The plant of fire consists of
both electronic and biological connection points, which can grow to the
Root (and by implication the Holy Spirit) and extend it. By creating an
infinite circuit attached to the constellation and the mutated body of the
victim, the devil manages to create devil-made constellations. All devil-
made constellations together form the Saint Root, the plant of fire.
The soul is magnetically connected to the Root and it interacts with
the Root. After death, an instrument is used to exploit this magnetic
connection and attempt to shift the soul from the Holy Spirit, to draw the
soul to the desired location and lock it up, thus strengthening the Saint
Root. Normally, the soul leaves this dimension towards God using the
energy of the Holy Spirit, accompanied by the archangel Azrael. The
shifting process is hereby important and evil could harness the situation…
Think of alchemy and necromancy!
The creation of the Saint Root leads to a power struggle between
good and evil. The devil creates slaves to achieve its goals. Eventually, a
towering object, an instrument which can be named: supercomputer or
mainframe, is designed that has room for three souls, for three demonic
slaves. More or less is not technically possible in the first instance, three
branches are made from the source. However, recent developments make it
possible to create five branches at the same time, in combination with a new
devil’s star and a five-prong USB-like connector (digital).
Thus, the outcome is the Saint Root, not to be confused with the
naturally formed Root.
Some so-called ‘Muslims’ believe in the existence of an ‘AL-LA’,
which indicates the Arabic numerals 18 and 81, with 18 written in the lines
of the left palm and 81 written in the lines of the right. This is not the
Arabic Allah (God). The figures indicate a lot about the knowledge they
possess about the human body: they know about the human genome and
they create a connection between the two parts of the body and emulate the
life energy.
These people are not real Muslims... They used to believe in the
existence of a single ‘AL-LA’, in modern times they believe in the existence
of three, which would mean that not three, but perhaps twelve demonic
slaves should exist. They know about the plans for the New World Order, in
which a new distribution of power would take place. These imams, as they
call themselves, are cunning and are able to ‘show’ people ‘AL-LA’. The
false imams bring people to ‘AL-LA’ in a state of sleep, during which these
people experience a strange world, a world with angels and devils, and
experience moving on the devil’s path, sometimes for the first time. Of
course, the fake imams do not tell them that it is the path to evil. It is a
strange, overwhelming form of hallucination. They try to convince people,
telling them that they have experienced a path to God and take advantage of
their low-level conscience, so to speak.
Nowadays, even real imams are claiming that Allah will be visible to
the senses when the end of the world occurs... They try to convince the
masses, forgetting to mention that Allah is everywhere, listening to the
living and the dead. So, explain again, why would he appear in the skies?
Do you know already what he looks like?
The Saint Root:
The Workings of Knotting Machines
Knotting machines have existed since ancient times and are described
in the Quran. In the holy book, it is openly written about evil wizards, who
twist or blow the knots that pair people using an instrument.
Knots are connection points, which react with each other, then a
connection is established with the body. People could imagine this technical
phenomenon like two frequencies being produced and a continuous
circulation is created from the machine towards the body and so on.
Reference is made to ‘a plant of fire [I call it the Saint Root], which is
repeatedly lit by wizards’ (emphasis added).
In modern times, people no longer need to blow the knots. This has to
be taken over by automated systems.
The Star of David is an example of an ancient knotting technique, that
can pair humans with an instrument. It is like linking a body to a
supercomputer, that is continuously in contact with the victim.
This is done to provide a connection to a person with a mutation in
the lungs, to provide a ‘chakra’ (a key with spiritual meaning, also called a
‘clot’).
This hinders or changes the interaction with nature. In principle, it is
forcing the body, which possesses a constellation, to link to the Saint Root.
It gives off a trace element that becomes mutated. The foundation for the
mutation is laid by the trace elements W And H, known letters from the
Arabic language, examples of the mutations: ‘H’allah’, R'Ahmed and
‘W’allah’. ‘Valhalla’ is the joke that results from it! According to Viking
culture, Valhalla was a special heaven, reserved for the fallen in battle.
For example: the Iron Cross is made up of two Arabic Ws or Rs (they
look similar), one hook connecting to the right and the other to the left side
of the body... After establishing the connection to the body, an infinite
circuit is established by receiving this signal back and transmitting it to the
Iron Cross (rail system) again, and so on... A swastika is realised by
receiving the signal back!
Through this mutation, the victim can be approached remotely, after which
the person is called: ‘Possessed’; through instruments, the culprits could
abuse the situation and take it into a larger devil’s mind game. The culprits
just need to keep the signal strong.
The ‘voices between the ears’ created, are perceived in between an
energy movement between the left and right sides of the body.
When a knotting machine works, other people are able to perceive it.
Many experience it as noise and do not dwell on it. Psychotic people are
extremely sensitive to certain frequencies, which are not audible to most
people. This is partly because the frequency emitted, is masked by imitating
ambient sounds, such as the call of a bird, the ticking of a clock, the hum of
cars or trucks and the operation of a hydraulic pump or an aggregate
(‘pumping’ some call it). The most famous among the masking sounds, that
I know, is the song of the American cuckoo. The sound resembles the
magnetic resonance of two frequencies and is not always present.
Some people live under the terror of a satanist community. These
techniques can easily be used by culprits to make people perceive voices
and disrupt them, a serious form of blasphemy.
The system is complex and every knotting technique has
complications for the victims. Not everything is as it looks like: there is
always a downside to the story.
The ‘magic’ is created by a knotting machine. As already mentioned,
first a spiritual cross-shape, bearing an electromagnetic field, is connected
to a victim and raised, then an infinite circuit is created by creating a
swastika. A principle of hooking the body to an existing rail system (like the
Iron Cross). After the spiritual crucifixion, a particular star shape is
knotted to the body, a connection is established between a victim and an
instrument. After this phenomenon, a person is sometimes pursued for
eternity by these culprits. People, who carry these star-shapes are divided
as ‘kafirs' and ‘mumins', in other words, the good and the evil, according to
Satan. Representing two unique knots, which interact with each other, one
on top and one below; the combination ‘kafir' and ‘mumin' attract each
other, from above and below. The Star of David connects to the five-star.
Which one of the star-shapes represents good and evil, according to the
devil? I know that the five-star is connected to the right side. On the left
side of the body, a triangular-shaped electromagnetic field exists.
First, the Iron Cross is set up, an amount of 58 prisms are installed, a
knot has been connected to the left and the right sides of the body, hooking
both sides to each other. We can also talk about creating N/S polarity for a
created electromagnetic field... Then the right side, S/N, is installed by
placing 14 prisms, the swastika is formed and the signal is received back.
After reducing the prisms to 70, the two remaining prisms connect the left
and right sides, the purpose of the swastika. Now, these star-shapes are
connected to these electromagnetic fields (devil-made constellations occur,
like ‘kafir' and ‘mumin', because now between the left and the right sides of
the body life force is emulated and a devil-made constellation is interfering
with the naturally formed constellation of the victim). This makes it possible
to allow the culprits to influence people.
I believe that the devil possesses the ability to connect or cross-link
two people to each other by connecting one person from the left side of the
body to the right side. In the end still ‘kafirs' and ‘mumins' are chained... If
one possesses a ‘kafir' sign, somewhere or somehow the ‘mumin' particle
must be connected.
It can become a problem when a woman gets connected to a man, this
can cause strange feelings and can lead to homosexuality. As if the
hormone balance of people becomes unbalanced. A topic, which has to be
highlighted and scientifically researched first, before making any more
statements... This phenomenon could explain the rise of homosexuality
among people, in the 21st century.
It is not possible to disable ‘magic' by using knotting machines. So,
electromagnetic fields cannot be withdrawn, damaged or disabled by using
knotting machines. All, who claim that it must be possible, are liars! It is
simply not possible to damage the magical system, by using techniques
belonging to Satan.
Summarised: the left and right sides of the body must be connected,
this is achieved by spiritual crucifixion, whereby an electromagnetic
particle is radiated from the body, towards the sky, to the rail system, which
is mostly associated with the Iron Cross. After this process, a connection
towards the body is established, from within the rail system, by which the
culprits realise that an infinite circuit has been created, the swastika is
formed. Because the Iron Cross is connected to both the left and the right
side of the body (58 prisms are used for the creation of the Iron Cross), the
only action left, is to close the circuit by connecting 14 prisms to the
existing ones. By connecting to these electromagnetic fields by using
structures like star-shapes, the culprits succeed in establishing a link
between technology and organisms... When connected, the left and right
sides are connected to the Saint Root, or call it the trinity or the diabolical
system, all represent the same. The being carries a devil-made constellation
from now on.
From that moment, the culprits can ‘guide' this living being. Some
people would claim that this being must be possessed...
In the Hadith, the knowledge obtained from the Prophet Mohammed,
it is written that every child obtains a mutation in the uterus, probably
transmissible via DNA, which allows Satan to use this exploit for its
purposes. In the end, all people are affected and are connected to the
magical system. The mutation grows in the body and makes people
susceptible to sin. Besides, making people susceptible to all kinds of
diseases.
People could experience ‘voices between the ears', not audible for
other people. The devil-made constellations make this possible. Of course,
only audible through electric impulses by the victim's brain. The left and
right sides of the person are connected, causing the occurrence of electric
impulses (interaction between N/S and S/N: magnetism), which connected
to an instrument with a microphone, creates the effect of perceiving
auditory hallucinations.
Just do not forget, the fundamentals of ‘magic' are formed by spiritual
crucifixion of life forms, by lifting electromagnetic fields towards the sky,
along with a spiritual cross. A star shape cannot connect to the rail system,
without an electromagnetic field, created by spiritual crucifixion!
And do never forget that all people are connected to the Root (Holy
Spirit) and the trinity, the Saint Root (the plant of fire), (causing unnaturally
formed constellations or mutations on existing constellations, for example:
‘kafir’ and ‘mumin').
Beyond Imagination
Not only unsuspecting people possess such a mutation. Entire
organisations, with well-trained people, are set up to serve a purpose:
pursuing goals to be achieved. These people are paid and operate in secret.
They can communicate with their superiors as psychotic persons talk to
their voices. These people can get information in front of their eyes on
request, and through their eyes, footage can be obtained. Some even own a
module that allows them to depict QR codes by using the mind. People talk
about ‘robots in disguise’.
The pyramids-and-triangles technology makes it possible to change
and steer the world, without attracting the attention of the audience, it has a
natural course. The ‘magical system’ of the enemy of humanity is used, this
event has not been viewed this way for a long time. People believe in what
they see, what becomes visible, and they can obtain and control these
machines and instruments. The problem is that the images these ‘magical
instruments’ produce, are not always real and do not always do what is
required, which is why the instruments are called magical.
For example, these instruments (like knotting machines) create a
particle visible to the senses. For a person, this is the sign that something
works. If people want to recreate it, they quickly conclude that it does not
work as simply as they imagined, that some affinity is needed.
An electromagnetic field, usually a triangular shape, becomes visible,
using the left eye, like a black dot. It is said that this triangular shape must
be green. Reversing the system, the downside of the system turns this
electromagnetic field yellow.
The main knot, that is laid out, is a star shape, which is knotted in the
middle of the forehead and forms a combination with another star shape
that consists of red lines, a ‘laser or light dot’, between the right eye.
This five-star shape between the right eye is a red-coloured dot if one
looks at it when one’s eyes are closed. It is black in front of the eyes, when
the eyes are open, although some claim they see a brown spot. This
corresponds to the star shape, associated with the devil and with the USB
sign, which arises from a three-pronged connector, with modern versions
based on five prongs in development. Also, within Orthodox Christian
symbolism, it is associated with the Red Star of Belgrade. The star shape is
a digital version of physical USB technology. It functions as the receiver of
the communication system.
The Star of David is an example of this technique. Knotted on the
forehead, it forms a combination with the existing five-star-shaped dot,
linked to the right eye. Buddhists know about this phenomenon and smear
blood on the forehead to symbolise it.
Does installing a Star of David allow someone to take control of the
system through other management, in other words, does a master-slave
principle exist?
The culprit sees the opportunity to print frames on the retina. I call
these pixels. These are the frames that later light up in pink and white and
show psychotic hallucinations on the retina in any form imaginable, through
thinking in frames. At this point, the culprit can steer the victim’s thoughts,
compulsive thoughts, in which the victim compulsively experiences an
image. That could be anything from porn to horror footage.
The culprit could go even further and completely confuse a person by
presenting a different image with every thought. Consequently, a person
thinks of a Ferrari, but sees a Lada, or sees a witch instead of his lover. A
form of gloating… For some, a way of life.
The victim’s receptors are blocked, after which the foreign receptors
take over. This makes the person permanently think in frames or pixels.
This phenomenon is known as psychosis. The brain forms a framework or
an image for each thought and always works that way. It is as if the person
develops a photographic memory, with a certain thought, the same pixels
always appear. The pixels light up when the brain generates the same
impulses at the same thought.
For example, when someone thinks of a Ferrari, the person imagines a
yellow Ferrari in a blurry landscape and always sees the same framework in
the same way. Did the person really think of a yellow Ferrari, or was it the
spontaneous appearance of an image, which does not quite correspond to
the train of thought? Many people do not think about this phenomenon. You
could be a victim!
If they are able to provide people with technological connections, they
might not guarantee that everyday equipment, such as TVs and radios, are
not equipped with secret functions. This will lead to passive viewers, who
stare blankly at the tube and never wonder what treasures TVs hide. They
will become colour blind through a sense of trust in society. They will no
longer want to see each other, or look each other in the eye. In the same
way, the culprits will determine, who they will spare and who they will
incite and oppose. When people constantly stare at each other, people of
two different cultures, the devil is between them, forming a far-reaching zap
culture.
Today, the ancient technique of knotting has been improved and is
being further developed by bio technicians, who infect monkeys with a
biotechnical life form, which is constantly interacting with the ‘plant of
fire’, and then try to find out more about the workings of the human brain.
Blah, blah, blah, we must not fool ourselves...!
Many countries are working on their own human genome research
and are trying to find out how to clone humans. Questions arise regarding
whether they use people for this and through what techniques they achieve
this. Giving life to a human through which Root?
Japanese scientists have cloned a human as far as half of the face,
holding a single eye. The other half is said not to have been reproduced.
How will they give life to the creation? It must be connected to the Root if
it is to become a normal functioning human being. This unnaturally formed
person has a great weakness, it is dependent on the creator, a human being
without natural interaction, without a naturally formed constellation.
A second question is whether these clones are of their own race? A
discussion arises, about why this is important and why not?
This field of research has various forms. Current science speaks of
‘digital gene technology’, where a human being is provided with a digital
connection and remains connected to an instrument for life. In the modern
era, these biotechnical creations are processor controlled and equipped with
sensors.
IBM processors, at a speed of 1 gigahertz, the size of a nanoparticle,
combined with a picosecond transistor, are manufactured to serve a
purpose. It is virtually impossible to detect the processor. These are fed by a
frequency, usually an infrared signal, that the equipment constantly
provides. Recently, the US military even kept an Apache helicopter in the
sky for hours, by feeding it using an infrared signal.
For example, Western countries have set up several supercomputers,
with which they strive to reach and even surpass the speed of the brain. The
latter is the so-called ‘Blue Brain Project’, in which several countries are
taking part. The aim is to realise unique artificial intelligence. A project that
resembles a déjà vu, though it involves a lot of money. Synergy has been
achieved by the first developers through officially recognised secondary
research, again from the beginning.
Developments that are considered impossible, which exceed
imagination, are made possible by progressive people pushing the
boundaries of science. In RFID technology, they have advanced so far that
it has even become possible to look through people’s eyes or read their
mind through the eyes...
The Meaning of My Dreams: Does the Red Devil Exist?
When I was about ten years old, I dreamt about normal events. I was
walking down the streets one night and the dream was not particularly
interesting. I suddenly stood in front of the large black church building in
my neighbourhood in Rotterdam. I was standing at the foot of the building
and it suddenly turned into a ‘living computer’. I had not seen or
experienced anything like it before.
The church building reached the sky and the stones of the building
had become coloured cubes in all kinds of colour combinations. Then, I saw
Big Ben from London. Then, I saw another coloured tower, one possessed a
combination of colours and one with yet another colour combination. So,
three different buildings are made of coloured cubes.
In the end, I saw the fourth tower. It was markedly different, bigger
and more powerful and it radiated a greater power. It was completely
green, without other colours visible, as if it was ‘online’ and the other three
were ‘in progress’.
Then the vertical (the church tower) became horizontal and I started
to walk on a heavenly path. I saw a boy moving alone on that path. Behind
me, a shadow emerged and it took me to the boy. It placed me behind this
boy, or we just swapped, making it seem as if we were both moving along
the path together. An angel raised me to the sky and then brought me to
another experience, then the shade again placed me behind this boy.
This time the boy was not alone. He stood there with three children
and an older looking, yet young man, on an elevator, that was levitating
towards the top floor of the structure, reaching the sky. I could see a round
opening above the structure. A woman popped up from the round opening
and suddenly I found myself in a room. This woman asked me crossly if I
had this event on my conscience. I replied: ‘I did nothing.’ I woke up again
and the nightmare was over. The question remained: who was this black
shade and could it show me this experience?
Later, in my adult years, I experienced a similar sensation, that
differed in the details. It was a towering tree. However, I knew immediately
that it was about the same dream, about the coloured towers, only now from
another perspective. At the foot of the tree, in a room, stood a man in a
black robe, inspecting the tree and watching a screen. The screen showed
coloured cubes lighting up, just like the church had been visible. The tree
had been mutated and linked to electronics and I could see what it was
doing. The black robe wearing man was working on something: the screen
showed different colours and the goal was probably to make them all turn
green. I understood later that this could represent a branch of the Saint
Root.
Does a tree that mutated in such a way, produce normal oxygen
atoms? Also, atoms possess kinetic energy, so would these create deviant
trace elements? This is important because life on the planet absorbs these.
Deviant energy creates a different biological cycle of life energy. In that
case, it becomes possible that humans produce slightly different carbon
dioxide atoms (for example: different rotation speeds of electrons of an
atom), resulting in plants absorbing them, creating the condition for an
environment of new bacteria and fungi. Consequently, an abnormal
ecosystem is created.
In another recent dream, I saw a planet, a strange planet. A man, who
travelled through the mountains and a red-coloured creature, a real jinn
with a sting on its tail. It was watching him from a distance, from the tops of
the mountains. A creature with a false colour that is mostly associated with
devils.
In some paintings belonging to the Christian cultural heritage, strange
creatures are depicted, which are usually associated with demons.
Suppose the devil is a red-coloured jinn. The demonic slaves,
probably also jinns, are three leaders among the companions.
A few weeks later, I dreamed about this planet again, this time about
a funeral. Women in white robes carried someone to his grave. The dead
man had been placed in a coffin and was transported across a
mountainous, wild landscape.
The men of these people wore black robes.
In a vision, I had observed that these shadowy creatures had artificial
intelligence and that their train of thought was determined and controlled
from an artificial brain, which transmits pink- or purple-coloured receptors,
processor-controlled so that some brain functions are taken over by a
supercomputer. Dreaming, imagining and remembering events, all go
through a computer.
In the same dream, I saw an open sea, with strange aeroplanes rising
from the sea. The planes appeared to be floating, after being first driven
over the sea, using a magnetic rail system. The planes were ray-shaped,
with round shapes atop each wing, that moved in a way that resembled that
of organic material.
Image of this fighter plane:
In my dream, in another area, I saw the hospital, where I was staying
at the time to pursue treatment for psychological problems. Probably, the
person was a man, who was walking in the hallways. He had disguised
himself like Ronald McDonald.
I was also able to see another person building a House of cards.
Later, I associated this vision with the formation of a swastika. The
mirrors/prisms of the swastika were piled up. The swastika is a technology
that must be piled up and it is installed step by step, after this process, the
piled-up prisms are broken down, in the end, a real floating spiritual cross
is realised as the end product.
That morning, I woke up and learned that someone in the hospital
had died that night, perhaps coincidentally. When I woke up, I saw on my
bed an electronic blanket, which consisted of yellow and blue triangular
shapes, squares and circles. Then, I thought that special messages were
intended for me and that this experience had not been a normal dream. The
blanket disappeared, when I walked out of my room, it was gone on my
return.
In another experience, I could see an environment, that did not
resemble Earth, I assume. Soldiers stormed a house, entering the house
from portals, three attackers at a time. The defenders were prepared and a
sword fight ensued.
In one room, three young children and one being that looked like a
masculine, angel-like being, were standing. Suddenly, out of nowhere, a
man appeared, wearing a black robe, a man with bright blue eyes and a
bald head. I looked right into his eyes and I fled from the dream because he
was so terrifying.
The A-team
People, who hear voices, might recognise this: you are surrounded by
voices and from time to time the direction of the voices changes. For
example: first, these are perceived from behind, then a voice, which is
perceivable from the front direction, and then to the right and left. They
have succeeded in creating a cross shape, in other words, they have
crucified the soul...
For example: one can see a cross in this MRI scan of my head, taken
in a Turkish hospital. Maybe, it is a common case?
A cross is clearly visible. Because it originates from a Turkish
hospital, the image may have been edited. I do not trust it. If the image has
been edited, it could indicate how organised terrorism is in that country and
how certain people they do not like or prefer are being treated all over the
world, disadvantaged by this satanic, sadistic and sarcastic group, which
disguises itself under different names around the world and maintains many
relationships and organisations.
Of course, a second MRI scan, with the same research values, could
prove the initial findings. From experience, I know Dutch doctors are
resistant when they are asked to do research. I have rejected all
psychological support in the Netherlands because I saw they do absolutely
nothing for people but prescribe medication. It turns out that some Dutch
doctors know that psychosis is caused not only by biological factors but
also by technological factors, so to speak... Pursuing magical perfection, as
Hitler claimed.
I have heard people talk about it and some call it electronic mind
control through electricity networks; others talk about an ‘electric blanket’;
yet others call it ‘Erasmian management projects’ here in the Netherlands.
Control through electricity networks is the most telling sign.
The people, who work in ICT resources and behind the computer on
something that resembles ‘human resource management’, are involved in a
human genome project. I mention people, who belong to the A-team,
people who take on the task of ‘improving’ the world and guiding others,
who are connected in their lives. Wherever the A-team is busy, all people
experience psychotic phenomena, such as coloured stripes in the air
(terraformation), seeing known and recognisable symbols and hearing
disembodied sounds. A distinction must be made between professionals and
charlatans: professionals do the ‘perfect job’ and charlatans do the dirty
work. So, they are represented in all social layers.
Organisations, that believe in establishing the New World Order, are
gaining ground all over the world by smartly responding to events and by
social engineering. They have set up companies that work on the system to
achieve magical perfection.
Many countries have government officials working on a system of
power, hoisting the spiritual cross and swastika and maintaining the magical
system. Think of large countries such as China, the US, Russia and India,
but also European countries, and do not underestimate the influence of the
Armenian and Israeli people, all of whom do not see the cross forms only as
a symbol. Nations have realised that technology brings important benefits to
their people, so participating in and maintaining the system is becoming
increasingly attractive. Spirituality combined with technology...!
Resources are sacrificed and people are branded. Some talk about
human sacrifices in modern society. A human rights violation is committed,
using a thoroughly thought-out method. The people are far from realising
how hypocritical these leaders are. A sense of confidence in society, that
certain events can and cannot be realised or happen, creates this delusion.
Working for the just cause leads to deeds, a duty to achieve
confidence.
Psychiatric Dilemma
Voices in my head: ‘You ruined a lot for us; we ruined your entire life!’
Science has assumed that voices are produced in the brain and that
there is no possibility of humans or aliens blowing into the body and
reaching the ears of humans. Theories have been written that these voices
must arise in the brain. These theories have been accepted and the
scientists, who have developed them, have been awarded many prizes.
Consequently, medical professionals can go far when following this
reasoning, which can state that anyone, who hears voices is schizophrenic.
In some countries, schizophrenia is diagnosed only when the person is also
delusional.
Voices that say what someone should do, read minds and recite
everything someone thinks by mimicking different voices and commenting
on these thoughts, look suspiciously like an electronic mind system. In such
a system, someone’s train of thought is aligned with a computer, which
translates the brain’s impulses into data and makes it intelligible to the
person, who listens to the environment. While the person listens to a
conversation, the voices comment on what others are saying; the voices
read aloud when the person reads texts, even when they stare at a text. So,
the voices read the text aloud before the person reads it.
The victims cannot even talk about voices when the culprits play
music ‘in their heads’, day in and day out. That must not be confused with
singing. Sometimes someone hears a loud bass sound all the time, or the
voices wake the person up by screaming in the ears. This could also happen
when someone is in a deep sleep: the voices continuously repeat hours of
lyrics and deliver continuous electrical stimuli in the head, which result in
irregular movements of the body. These events occur day in and day out,
not all day and then some medical professionals categorise this happening
as a normal disease. It is more like a bizarre brain experiment that got out of
hand!
So, medical professionals claim that some people have completely
lost their mind, that someone thinks in two ways and reads aloud and that
people are commenting on themselves, the brain becomes so distracted that
this phenomenon has to occur. These hypotheses have all been adopted and
can hardly be rejected anymore.
Billions are earned on the backs of these people. Many psychiatric
patients do not even feel an improvement when they take medication. Many
suffer from the numerous side effects of medication, especially men, who
are victimised because the medication has the side effect of causing
impotence. Many psychiatrists prescribe multiple medications, causing an
overdose that in many patients leads to a decline in cognition.
The Netherlands is even so blunted in this respect that patients do not
even undergo a MRI scan if the complications are serious and there is a
suspicion that the human body has undergone a mutation. The world is
simply not like it is used to be and is constantly developing. Humankind has
developed various implants and several times, implants have been found in
the bodies of victims of these culprits, often medical professionals, who
have carried out an experiment. If medical professionals are going to
maintain their point of view that certain abnormal mutations are impossible,
they are openly fooling people.
Nevertheless, the opinion should be that a psychiatrist, caring for a
psychotic person, should exclude abnormal mutations through testing and
thus put patients, who think differently, in peace of mind. It can also happen
the other way around, in such a case, psychiatrists must do their job and
perform at a higher level and be able to explain why the person is different.
If psychiatry is limited to talking to patients and prescribing medication, we
can all know better.
People, who do not know how voices between the ears are
experienced have difficulty understanding how someone else experiences it.
Besides implants, technical equipment exists that has made it possible
to broadcast sounds over long distances and make them audible in closed
spaces, equipment that is simply achievable and with some tweaking it may
be possible to broadcast brainwaves...
We can talk about a range of several thousand kilometres when it
comes to communication using lasers and light beams.
Many people, who have been declared psychotic, face practitioners,
who are aggressive when it comes to taking medication and following their
recommendations. Practitioners sometimes show up early in the morning
without an appointment, because they know someone has stopped taking
medication. If patients reject psychiatric help, they try to ‘persuade’ these
persons, to change their point of view. If they cannot reach an agreement
with the person, they really insist! In the event of an incident, people
immediately get into trouble and a doctor is immediately consulted.
Normally, the same event remains a police matter. Sometimes authorities go
further and hospitalise the person and the reports are always exaggerated.
Most quickly concluding that patients are endangering others or themselves.
Many psychotic people report, they are being watched by the culprits,
who are targeting them. They experience something, a phenomenon and it
is like someone is watching them. Everywhere they go, these people
indicate that the culprits know what they are doing. For example, they hear
voices that say what to buy in the supermarket and what brand to take; at
home, when they lie down, the culprits put on loud music and when they
get up, they stop. This kind of bullying that they are talking about goes
unnoticed or is barely perceived by other people, who are educated
according to scientific theories, that taught them that all these events take
place between the ears. If they are right, it means this phenomenon is
something that belongs to the modern age; some speak of different times.
The culprits’ language skills are quite good, as they master at least
Dutch, Turkish, German and English, and they are well trained in their
work, whispering to people... If one person knows another language and
thinks in a foreign language, then the existing voices disappear and others
take over. Sometimes, it is also place-bound: in a distant holiday resort
someone experiences completely different auditory hallucinations.
The culprits are evil, they possess a devil’s conscience. Besides
whispering to people, they can also convey feelings, deliver sexual stimuli
and make people angry. They know when and what emotions the victim is
exhibiting and the voices tell the victim that they are showing a certain
emotion. Talk about influencing the psyche! At critical moments, they can
make people believe that certain emotions and thoughts are correct. For
example, people exist, who deviate from their religion, because they are
whispered to and form a different opinion.
The explanation for why people ‘listen’ to these voices, is that they
sometimes do not realise they are evil, these people have become psychotic.
Certain frequencies correspond to the frequencies with which the brain
works. The brain works with frequencies around 5 hertz to 38 hertz. Once
the culprits ignite receptors through these frequencies, there is no difference
between a thought or an auditory hallucination.
People, ‘who enlighten the darkness’, people who see light when they
close their eyes and who are constantly ‘online’ without having to pay the
phone bill, in short, the culprits, are having a wonderful time and it is a
source of entertainment among them. ‘He did it.’ ‘He did not make it.’ They
track who has achieved what, people or beings, who know us and we do not
see them, who sometimes visit us, without us suspecting anything.
The condition has already been created, to be able to carry out these
practices without someone caring about these people. Psychiatry has been
purposefully simplified in many countries. The foundation has been laid:
science is left to the people, who print triangles on their dollars. ‘All I want
to say is that they do not really care about us!’ (Michael Jackson, ‘They Do
not Care About Us’).
During the Cold War, many nations engaged in hostile actions.
Through espionage, healthy people became psychologically confused by a
so-called ‘radioactive water’, a type of poison, which can be called a
nucleus, combined with hormones and receptors which, when ingested,
leads to a mutation in the human body. This technique could still be used
and people could still be poisoned today. The culprits pursue people they
consider important. They may secretly infect drink and food in restaurants
and café bars, which can be served to people, resulting in stimuli all over
the body and sometimes in diarrhoea. Many people know about it and dare
not eat and drink outside the home.
People, who are classified as psychotic and who experience such an
event, can quickly make a wrong decision. The event becomes a psychiatric
issue if people start to claim that the food has been irradiated or poisoned.
In short, some people must ‘swallow’ certain events!
The Formation of the New World Order
The aim is to take the Saint Root, from which three demonic slaves
originated, into their own hands and to expand it with three new Saint Roots
for each branch. This is realised using the technique of the swastika.
This brings with it the emergence of the New World Order and a new
distribution of power on Earth. Not three, but twelve demonic slaves will
exist, this amount will probably be extended afterwards, by using the variant
of the swastika with eight hooks.
To set up the swastika, it is important to first set up a spiritual cross.
This creates an electromagnetic triangular and then on that triangular an A-
shape is created. Then, from the bottom of the A-shape, lines are drawn to
the rest of the world. This is symbolised by the Iron Cross symbol. Three-
dimensionally, this means that an area is terraformed in the shape of a
triangular, under tension, because this area is located between two forces,
representing the left and the right or the South and the North.
The spiritual cross is raised to form the electromagnetically charged
triangular-shaped particle, that links to an existing signal, belonging to the
rail system (Iron Cross). This cross-links the transmitter with the receiver, by
reversing the magnetism or, in other words, transmitting it, without losing
the signal sent. The only work the culprits must continue to do, is to
maintain the signal to which the triangular shape is linked.
The magnetic field of the transmitter and receiver are shown
(virtually):
The swastika is piled up on a spiritual cross, which forms the
foundation. The spiritual cross is formed with a total of ten mirrors/prisms,
which are further expanded. More mirrors are attached and in total seventy-
two mirrors/prisms become visible. Two prisms remain connected
afterwards.
To cover the entire planet, four crosses are raised with four triangular-
shaped electromagnetic particles, after which four swastikas are formed.
Earth is covered with lines, which are being created parallel to each other,
after which lines are drawn downwards. People could observe an A-symbol.
The A has meaning in electrical engineering, so it must be understood.
Power is obtained, after which it is used to set up a system.
First they pile up 72 prisms. At the end they pile up 58 + 2 = 60 and 12
– 2 = 10; 60 + 10 = 70 mirrors/prisms.
Fifty-eight prisms are negative, when the two remaining prisms get
connected to the 58, the composite containing 60 prisms is positively
polarised.
The culprits have designed the system well. Seventy-two mirrors are
placed four times, which indicates a system with a circle of 288 degrees.
They certainly use an arithmetic size table with 288 degrees, each degree
having a different pi (the ratio of the circumference of a circle to its
diameter, usually 3.14). Humanity uses a table with 288 + 72 = 360 degrees;
72 degrees is a quarter, 90 degrees is the standard for humanity. The culprits
seldom use higher pi values. They do, only when they communicate to areas
beyond Earth. As a result, their signal is never picked up. They have
calculated that within a naturally streamlined and shaped circle, 288 pi fits.
The spiritual cross-shape that maintains electromagnetism must have
been elevated as far north or south as possible to cover the entire planet,
after which the system is extended downwards. Another theory indicates that
the prisms have been piled-up from the centre of the Earth. The spiritual
cross is hoisted with a crescent, sickle-shaped, or elliptical antenna. The
combination of the sickle and cross makes people curious!
Somewhere on Earth is a mirror chamber located, in which 288
mirrors or prisms are placed. The culprits are trying to hook eight pieces
(2+2+2+2) to the existing system and these will remain there after
placement. The 280 mirrors are stored after completing the task.
It is said that when his spiritual cross will be brought down, the
Prophet Isa (Jesus) will reveal himself. The Western world thinks the exact
opposite and wants to keep the spiritual cross to do humanity a favour.
The Church claims that the cross has symbolic value and represents
the suffering of the prophet. Not everyone wears this cross for that reason.
Many carry the cross as a symbol of power and victory. So, the picture
coincides nicely. Both sides should openly explain their positions. Both need
to shed light on this matter, so that the community can talk about the ‘just
cause’, about guilt and innocence. The people will be able to form a better
opinion about good and evil, through awareness innocence is lost!
As science becomes more advanced in the knowledge of the human
body and allows the culprits to realise their plans involving the unsuspecting
people, a modern form of slavery will ultimately arise because Big Brother
will be able to follow people everywhere.
The system the culprits have created, is put together in such a way that
they can use any shape formed and every line drawn. This means that the
people, who strive for magical perfection, ultimately help the devil to
expand the system and further complicate humanity’s ability to take on the
devil. Humanity creates roads that lead to Rome. Unfortunately, the enemy
can likewise move over the sides and walls of these roads. The system has a
downside and that is being considered, but quickly forgotten again, because
it transcends the imagination. The maze is getting bigger!
Would the magical system, ‘the plant of fire’, written about in the
Quran be different in the past? It is another form of arithmetic, using other
numbers, which offer the same outcome but employ a different method.
The Prophet Muhammad has seen the Arabic numeral ‘50’ appear
during his sleep, in his dreams. In my opinion, this represents the five-star
shape, used by the devil, in other words, a digital version of a USB
connector. Nowadays, the Arabic numeral ‘60’ is being used, I think, which
suggests even more that the system is being expanded step by step, using the
Star of David.
The figures represent the number of ‘eyes’, transistors and prisms,
these are meant for the sixty eyes, made up of these numbers:
Left side: 1 + 3, 6 + 6, 4 + 4 = 24 transistors
Right side: 5 + 7, 4 + 4, 6 + 6, 1 + 3 = 36 transistors
Possibly, with the help of some kind of reflectors or connection points, with
transistors integrated...
Scientific Egoism
The culprits have devised a cunning plan to prove to people that some
angels are evil and must be fought and eventually killed. This has been
apparent to some people for years and at times, through infiltrating
scientific circles, the culprits have helped to create a system that links
people to the magical system, which belongs to evil. This goes unnoticed
within the human consciousness and this ‘magic’ or technology keeps being
used. For centuries, a system has been held in place to help humanity take
on angels.
At least, certain people know which angels will be targeted.
According to them, God has announced that some of his angels are evil and
must be killed by force. Among them is the archangel Azrael. According to
the Jews, the archangel Azrael is the greatest evil known to humankind.
They try to convince other people by stating that the original Torah, written
by Moses, explains this.
Muslims believe that the Torah has been modified by Israelis and is
no longer in its original state, just like the Bible. Conflicting texts with the
beliefs and views of the Prophet Moses' are included. Islamic people say
that if the Bible had not been edited and summarised, one faith would rule
on Earth, namely the belief in the Bible and that the Quran might never
have appeared. In the past, one Bible existed, from which the Prophet Jesus
read, then it was divided into three parts. Subsequently, the Old Testament
was recorded and then the New Testament was written. It was only when
the holy books were so mutilated and destroyed by the Christians that the
demand for a good book and spirituality arose.
Moreover, the Christians believe that their faith is the only rightful
one. They believe that non-believers will suffer at the hands of a diabolical
power and that the faithful will live in a paradise on Earth, while others
experience hell on Earth. This drives people to work on this issue. Because
this is prescribed by God and therefore must be worked on. Day and night
believers must practice and work on this issue to pursue the faith, a paradise
must be created. Every night when everyone is asleep, these people
continue to work to achieve their objectives...
To confirm this phenomenon, Jewish scientists have decided it is time
to prove that some angels are evil. They have created experimental
instruments, with which the limits of physics are explored, after which
angels appear. Some experiments have involved mutilating monkeys in
such a way that the animals are kept alive through the intervention of a
machine. In a certain configuration, an ‘evil angel’ will painfully take the
life of a poor monkey, an event that these scientists will capture.
Another experiment shows how an angel uses ‘magic’ to ‘harm living
beings’. A seemingly normal monkey is shown, from the inside, it has been
mutated and is connected to the Root through a knot in the body. The
monkey has been so inflated through the knotting machine that an angel
appears and removes this feeling from the monkey. However, the animal
succumbs to the intense pressure that arises in its head. Once again,
‘science’ has won.
During a third test, this time without animals, nature is ripped open
with the help of a special instrument, which creates an opening in space,
using ‘black matter’, which simulates space on Earth. The aim is to prove
how angels try to prevent humanity from being able to exist in this
dimension. These angels will close the dimension with an explosion, which
will show their violent nature. It is claimed that this technology must exist
to combat evil. An angel will throw an air movement, a force, or call it a
frequency, towards the opening and restore the magnetic balance of the
planet. Of course, scientists have long since been able to prevent angels
from closing these dimensions. They have created instruments, with which
a portal to God will be opened. ‘Fallen angels’, who want to prevent this,
will be destroyed.
A fourth test is carried out by a Jewish rabbi, who is given a special
suit and an instrument on the head, which simulates death to provoke the
archangel Azrael to appear. The instrument ensures that the brain is
partially linked to an artificial brain, in a sleeping state. Only a physically
and mentally strong man can withstand this phenomenon; therefore, a rabbi
is chosen. In a sleeping state, the right half of the brain is linked to the
computer, so the brain no longer functions normally. Through this device,
the user starts to dream.
Because the person’s soul and its constellation formed by two angels
is obstructed and is on the border of life and death, the archangel Azrael
appears to guide the soul (a somewhat automatic event). They show people
the fallen archangel Azrael.
According to Islam, during sleep, the soul wanders towards a
dimension, where normally angels reign and live; a person starts dreaming.
In the case of the devil, a supercomputer passes on stimuli to the
brain that causes it to experience psychosis, images created by this
computer, keeping the brain functions healthy. Now, the devil can walk in a
state of sleep, which allows it to reach the dimension where angels reign...
Otherwise, it would fall asleep!
A fifth proof is provided by showing a monkey again, which
possesses a so-called ‘cosmic brain’. Scientists have succeeded in infecting
and then simulating the monkey’s brain, after which all the monkey’s
thoughts can be shown on a monitor and all sensory functions, such as
watching, seeing and tasting, are taken over. A screen shows how this
becomes possible. The monkey is completely at the mercy of science. For
these people, it is just a project.
The monkey possesses a star shape in the right eye and a triangular
shape in the left eye, which are sometimes visible to the animal as a small
black dot that constantly moves in front of the eyes above, below, left and
right, like a 3D printer. Some have sympathy for the monkey, or is it more
for themselves? The information they obtain, is a well-known phenomenon
for them...
Apes exist. Mirror, mirror on the wall! People, who can no longer live
a private life. Who no longer dare to look at their loved ones, afraid of any
kind of blackmail.
This is an ideal way to spy on people, countries and organisations,
and be notified about their thoughts and plans. These practices are possible
only against unsuspecting people.
Many people, who see dots or spots in front of their eyes, experience
a normal life without realising that they are potentially psychotic. People
talk about those, who are ‘online’ and ‘offline’. The culprits only have to
press the buttons and the experience can change. Wait for the right moment,
choose the right moment to turn the tide... And then blackmail the enemy
for fulfilling missions.
The two black dots that appear before the eyes are a sign that a person
has been mutated, making it possible to emulate the person’s eyes or vision.
For spiritual leaders, it is only a matter of time. They can start their fight
against the enemies and then continue their plans to destroy the ‘fallen
angels’. The rest of the Christian world supports them and they make plans
about dividing Earth into a paradise and hell on Earth.
In the meantime, the magical system is being perfected, trying to
make it impossible for the enemy to win. The New World Order must be
established, anyway. The system is being prepared and then the New World
Order will be announced with a festive ceremony.
The magical system comprises multiple systems the Christian allies
share. For example: the Japanese have the Rising Sun with multiple
dimensions and the Europeans have adopted the system with the swastika,
based on Paganism, which was perfected by Hitler. Both systems are likely
the same, although the origin of the swastika is likely to be found in
Zoroastrian mysticism. The Persian Empire was defeated by Alexander the
Great, he took all ‘treasures’, including ‘technology' to the West. Many
Zoroastrians fled to the Hindu-controlled lands, with the ‘treasures’ they
could take with them. In this way, this technique has spread towards the
East and West.
Alliances like this create a strange scene. The Christians, who first
kill each other for the sake of magical perfection are seeking a coalition to
kill other peoples. This culture is wrapped in a power struggle of recurring
turmoil of the mind. For the sake of ‘magical perfection’, genocides have
been committed, with people being poisoned and burned in droves in
concentration camps.
Change in the Balance of Power of the Spiritual World
Every diabolical trinity possesses power over an area or a mass of
people. The New World Order is propagated by the people, who believe in
this order. They take over areas and people, who were previously allies of
the trinity. Some people believe in the existence of three demonic slaves. If
their theory is true, humanity must accept that after the existing system is
expanded, more demons will rise.
These are minor changes for humans, who are unaware. For the
companions, this will result that these people will have to follow the direct
orders of the new demonic slaves. The nine new demons follow the orders
of the older ones. They all advise and assist the real devil.
Although, in terms of some people’s experience, it seems as if the
world will become a better world… It is not that the demonic slaves do not
affect the world. The nine demonic slaves form a new power within the
diabolical order. They have been given the power to change and govern the
world.
This change means that certain relationships between people change.
The people, who helped to create the New World Order, have achieved an
advantage above the other races. They have helped the demons in charge
and now have a good relationship with them. In return, the demons have
promised violence that will be to their advantage. The elites may use the
portals of the magical system and they can move to another location in no
time by using the portal systems. They are able to enter houses unseen
through open doors. One way exists, using X-ray radiation, to move
through walls. However, because of the radiation, this is seldom used.
The people, who are opposed to this order, have not stood still. They
also have developed ways of hooking up to this rail system, which will
allow them to use the portals as well.
In both the Christian and Islamic worlds, this elite has risen, trying to
control this technology. Governments are working on the magical system
for centuries and talk about magical perfection as the cards are shuffled to
their advantage...
The greatest threat for Muslims is the emergence of a new danger.
Partly through the help of missionaries from the Western world, the
members of the New World Order have succeeded in creating division
among Muslims. The Zoroastrians, who originally believe in the holy fire, a
tradition within this culture, have gained a foothold in the Islamic world.
These people pray like Muslims and considering the history of their culture,
they do not seem hostile.
The Alevis, a diverse group related to Zoroastrianism, follow a more
modern tradition. In Turkey, they are categorised as ‘laik insan’, which
means ‘secular people’ in Turkish. The term is only used in Turkey, in this
way. Nowhere else in the world live so-called ‘secular people’, who follow
a lifestyle they call ‘modern’ that more closely aligns with the lifestyle of
Western people. Many even set up a pine tree over Christmas. Some
associate this term with ‘modernism’, it is not corresponding...
Many groups among the Alevis openly state that they do not pray and
do not believe in the Quran.
Real Zoroastrians and Alevis are more cunning and penetrate the
roots of the country. They have several great imams, who spread their
culture. Little by little, step by step, they are expanding their habitat. They
claim they are Muslims, in practice, they believe just like the Israelis in
following Baal, in fire, in mysticism, trying to get a foothold in the world
through the magical system.
A faith like Islam, yet completely different. The main rule is that
Zoroastrianism always encompasses the opposite view: if Muslims say
‘right,’ then they say ‘left.’ Their styles of dress and prayer are almost alike.
They pray five times a day in their way and some claim that the ‘qibla’ is
located in the opposite direction from the view of the Kaaba. That is how
they turn their backs on Islam!
In the past, Zoroastrianism reigned in the Middle East. The people
prayed five times a day and went to the temple of Adam. Around the Kaaba,
they circled... Men and women totally naked and accompanied by music,
dance and rituals...
Spirituality and Mysticism as a Weapon for a Cultural
Victory
Fake preachers mislead people by claiming that an event has taken
place. The event is described in such a way that the people are deceived. In
some developing countries live many naive people and people with
intellectual disadvantages, these fake preachers can be successful there.
Most times they bring people superstition. These fake preachers do this
deliberately because many of them have evil intentions and think about a
bigger picture, a way of thinking and practising, designed to influence the
culture of a targeted country.
Many fake preachers describe certain phenomena, such as hearing
voices and ringing in the ears. They are often solitary in these views
because the majority have a different view in this area. For example, one
preacher might think that ringing in the ears is caused by black magic, by
someone hanging a diabolical sculpture to a tree and that evil spirits cause
this condition. Others claim that people have to smear butter on a grave, in
a cemetery and that it has to bake in the sun. They must then spread this
butter on their food. Practices intended for exorcism, as they claim.
These kinds of practices are similar to satanic rituals, for events
without practical explanation. The story of radioactive water combined with
receptors and hormones, a kind of nucleus, is more common and has really
occurred in Western history. If these preachers had watched television, they
would have been aware of these stories.
Some preachers go further and try to manipulate others, using
techniques that combine fantasy and science, giving this ‘magic’ a scientific
basis and explanation. This strategy is best suited to highly educated people.
The preachers claim that the cure for what ails the person is the equipment
they have professionally developed and offer for sale. Some experience this
as healing! Those, who do not believe and who disobey these preachers,
become victims of evil tricks again. This is a sign that these preachers are
intermediaries between the devil, its companions and the people.
These intermediaries offer strange magical objects that possess energy
and they sell visible elements to people. For example, they might sell
something in the shape of a pea and a person blowing on it causes a
reaction, the elements of ‘magic’. We could call this phenomenon magic
trace elements. These spread in the body and then disappear into nowhere.
They offer ‘bugs’, that look like ladybirds with golden legs and scarab
beetles, that give off a strange light and are known to people, with some
being depicted on the pyramids of ancient Egypt. They keep radiographic
equipment permanently turned on, for a fee, a little money for an act, which
destroys human lives. Examples are the so-called ‘jamming devices’. Some
also sell lenses that allow people to access images of bedrooms, living
rooms and places such as streets and shops.
Tactics vary and different approaches work on the unique people
among us. For example, many Muslims have come to believe that people
are becoming possessed and that they can be restored by blowing to the
knots of a knotting machine, with holy verses. These infidels, ‘mushrik’,
recite verses from the Quran and blow them into the victim’s body through
an instrument. People, who do this, show no respect for the Quran and the
holy verses. They harm the body and blow at the knots, a satanic ingenuity
because many people might think that Muslims are behind this kind of evil.
On the contrary, the ‘mushrik’ are promised the harshest punishment,
according to the holy Quran.
The A-team wrote in computer language:
COMMAND: ‘bismillah’
Enter
Confirm
This read-out text worked as voice control, and with Confirm, other
commands are also possible, such as a certain body posture or a movement.
This could explain why some psychotic people behave differently in that
way.
Israelis (Zionistic Jews), the Roma (who follow different or unknown
beliefs), Armenians (Yezidis) and Alevis (most of whom are Kurds and
Turks) are people that have been practising mysticism for centuries.
Some claim, there is a difference between just producing star-shapes
(infinite circuits like the Star of David) and spiritual crucifixion, which
leads to the swastika. In fact, both groups strive for ‘magical perfection'.
They also maintain ties with so-called Islamists, who blow ‘Allahu
Akbar’ into the body and the followers, who applaud them and join in with
this form of spirituality. Then they leave it to the followers, who are
fanatics, who push the boundaries of evil further. Now, the culprits can
prove to their people that ‘humanity’ is evil. These culprits thus try to
maintain innocence by shifting people’s focus.
In Islamic culture, it is believed that the Prophet Moses warned the
people of the nations that in the future, all people would make use of this
so-called ‘technique’, which he called ‘magic’. He pointed towards the
country of Israel, which he accused of practising magic. Reasoned
differently, he banished the Star of David and all the practices associated
with this knotting technique.
Even in some Islamic countries (false) imams claim that these
knotting techniques, including star-shapes, belong to Islamic mysticism.
Mainly Alevis (ehli-beyt) and Sufis (including their allies, which form the
‘ehli-sunnet' movement), claiming they are the only rightful Sunni
movement, dividing the Muslims, and discriminating against others, they
express their selves openly about mysticism. The fact is though that
mysticism is forbidden by the Quran, it is black on white, there is no ‘white
magic', there is no exception! Islamic mysticism cannot exist! The magical
technique is banished by the Quran, leaving healing to the angels Harut
and Marut, who try to liberate the people from the knots.
Some argue that the Star of David belongs to the Prophets Solomon
and David, so it should be sacred to use it for ‘magical perfection', claiming
it has healing effects and fortifies the existing constellations of people...
How can people find out that the opposite happens, these devil-made
constellations weaken the naturally formed ones! Those people fail to
mention that the Prophet Moses banished all practices involving ‘magic’.
Because he and his disciple, the Prophet Jesus, suffered most from these
techniques, it became obvious that these were intended for blasphemy.
Most times, the false preachers claim that verses from the Quran
include magical energy. After that, they step up by producing strange
verses, which also work. As the third step, they write strange satanic texts
and pass them on to the people as spirituality. This is just one example of
the many methods of these missionaries with grand ambitions, who play
with fire in the Middle East.
Sometimes fake preachers declare people Satan by demonising them.
They usually claim that someone is possessed by the devil, pretending a
spirit has to be trapped in one’s soul. Since when is the devil physically
locked in the body or attached to a human? It is conceivable that a parasitic
life form hides in the body. A life form, a real disease mutated by scientists,
is a life form that nests in the body and lives from the blood of a person.
Perhaps, examples are certain parasites, fungi and diseases like cancers. Or
an implant that allows an electronic connection.
The thoughts surrounding possession are fundamental to the Christian
church. The Quran only mentions people and jinn blowing the knots and
whispering to a person from the lungs. Defying possession! However,
nowadays many Muslim people are being taught differently. Some do
believe in possession, which is against the rules of the Quran. They seldom
talk about knotting machines, as they should do, because it is written in the
Quran about how ‘vasvaas’ (whispering) takes place.
This happens when certain techniques fall into the hands of satanic
groups, who sometimes control entire communities. Nowadays, technology
is advancing and the culprits integrate their technology to existing ones as if
they are creating real ‘Androids'.
A fake preacher is dangerous because he or she targets the masses.
For example, today’s entire network of systems, which communicate with
each other, could be used to victimise people. They sometimes start with a
few followers, gain many more and then threaten the entire country.
Followers exist, who can communicate with their pastor or imam
telepathically, without wondering how this is possible and without realising
that this is the same technique by which Satan communicates with people,
who have been or are hospitalised for schizophrenia. They see psychosis as
a gift and integrate it into their normal lives; they actually believe in the evil
eye (Hansa).
Some people think they remain innocent because they ‘just listen’ to
or ‘watch people’. In Turkish culture this is described, I assume, with the
words ‘antenna focusing’. By following the victim with the systems of the
culprits, people help to ‘play’ them.
Of course, real preachers are walking around, who are trying to give
people hope. However, often because of technological issues, they can do
little. In short, an electromagnetic connection cannot be blown away with
the human breath or reading texts cannot help against ‘magic'... A true,
honest preacher healing someone of their voices or psychosis is unheard of.
This could be expected only from dishonest preachers, witches and so-
called ‘exorcists’, who manage contacts between demons, Satanists and
other ordinary people. They help people only for manipulation purposes,
distinguishing between loyal and unfaithful people. Of course, they only
pretend to help loyal people. Easing the burden of those and leaving the
others begging for mercy! Their loyal followers are called: ‘munafik', in the
Quran, the book describes these people as conspirators, who have ties with
‘mushrik' or ‘kafirs' (unbelievers).
Witchcraft and its related techniques, popularly called black magic,
are becoming more popular. Countries that have been striving for magical
perfection for centuries have helped to improve these techniques, which are
being applied by modern magicians and witches, who also disguise
themselves as researchers and entrepreneurs.
Some take great measures when they are reprimanded. Then they
swear on the holy books that they are innocent. Do not believe them! To
capture people, they take the most beautiful scenes. They like to ridicule
and deceive people because that provides more entertainment. That is how
their lives work; that is how they get things done.
To attract people to them, at critical moments, they pretend to be
someone, who stands up for others, do not believe this! Sometimes they
scold each other and if necessary, they fight each other, do not believe or
accept these events. They live a double life! They play the leading role in
real scenarios; their figureheads play a supporting role in society. They
love drama and some of them could easily work in Hollywood or
Bollywood. They call themselves: ‘the Expendables’.
Provoking a War: A Matter of Time
The problem Western countries are facing, is that in modern times,
Muslim countries are benevolent and open to Christian culture. In many
countries, a so-called modernisation is the order of the day and many
cultural differences have long since been bridged. Western countries are
trapped between patiently waiting for a total turnaround or speeding things
up. The urge is to overpower these civilisations and cultures to give these
people a chance at a ‘normal’ existence.
According to the Bible, everyone will have the opportunity to convert
and this religion will dominate humanity. In many countries, missionaries
have brought the people so far that large groups believe in the spiritual
crucifixion of people and the remains of a holy book. The missionaries have
achieved a milestone, thousands of Muslims choosing the Christian faith,
because they have the means and can brainwash these people with their
hedonistic lifestyle. First, it becomes a habit to dress like them, then it
becomes a habit to use their technology, think of television and radio. A
change takes place, when people of these two cultures meet each other,
what is called tourism.
These people of different cultures have bonded with each other and
they seem to have established normal relations. However, some people
think that it does not go far enough. Some leaders insist on a different
approach, while many other people still stick to the old ways.
Radicalism arises, like elsewhere on Earth, with fanatical people
arguing that other cultures should be banished from their country. This is in
response to the many conflicts that have arisen through the work and intent
of Christian countries. Radicalism against Muslims, in many countries, has
been overlooked for years and encouraged as radicalism in the Islamic
world intensifies.
In years of peace, efforts are being made to persuade as many souls as
possible to serve Christian thought. In wartime, traitors are effective and
this awareness prevails. In many Muslim countries, it does not go unnoticed
and entire communities are persuaded to think differently. There is
increasingly open talk of an alliance with the West.
In many Muslim countries, a deviant culture is spread through fake
Muslim imams (Zoroastrian imams) and also through devil exorcists
(‘cinciler’, in Turkish, which means: ‘people, who have ties to jinn’), many
of whom have close ties with these fake imams. Many of them are fooled
by hostile people, who are evil voice shifters presenting themselves as jinns.
It becomes a habit and almost all Muslims regularly visit a fake
imam, someone with a spiritual background, as they would believe. People
take every spiritual problem to these fake imams to receive a solution.
These kinds of imams offer solutions to those people, who they think will
become good followers, thus creating a profitable trade. On the one hand,
they make billions from these practices and on the other hand, they can
penetrate deep into the culture and convince people to choose a ‘legitimate’
faith.
They can certainly offer a solution because they hold the reins in the
magical world and also maintain ties with evil companions, jinn and people,
who support their plans. With the money, they can build their places of
worship and support other facilities, that teach their faith. Gradually, the
better pupils are taught that besides good angels, fallen ones also exist.
War is brewing between Islam and Islam. Muslims are turning against
Muslims, with both sides shouting ‘Allahu Akbar’, as history will be
written this way.
Mosque imams call on the people not to go to fake preachers. They
cannot answer people’s demands for experiencing mysticism. The Quran is
simply not a magical book that dissolves evil magic nor it can heal someone
from diseases. The verses merely work as a reminder. Praying to Allah and
trusting the angels in their work, is real faith...
For disabling electromagnetic fields, technical properties must be
considered; spirituality, in this case, does not apply. Yet, time after time, it
is proven that the fake preacher is more ‘powerful’. He is in control. He
communicates with his followers and calls them to grace; it works, yes,
good people know... It is proven that they know more about ‘magic’.
Muslims are increasingly looking for energy and miracles, which reveals
that they believe in this phenomenon. People no longer speak of evil magic;
instead, they speak of miracles. People with supernatural powers are praised
and they are being respected. The diabolic order gains more followers every
day...
What the military could do, is to locate electromagnetic fields and
shoot these out of the sky, this is better done by phasers with an electric
discharge...
Political and religious movements are being formed; wars are being
waged in the name of these fake imams. This means that many people
undergo a selection. An elite group emerges, a diabolical order that will
lead the faithful followers.
To eliminate such a country, a button must be pressed at the right
time. It is usually an unexpected moment. An event in the world that seems
perfectly normal in the experience of the people, can indicate that a great
war is about to commence.
America’s elections are an example. The people are virtually driven to
vote for a candidate with a bad reputation. A candidate, who pursues war
and who speaks the language of war. At such moments, hatred is preached
and an event usually precedes it. Something like a terrorist attack or another
important event or war scenario.
Muslim countries are being forced to implement reforms and align
their laws with those of the Western world. Education is also aligned with
the West, despite some rules in the Quran being undermined by a so-called
scientific and non-scientific vision. For example, people have to think that
voices are produced in the head, that the Darwinian theory is the only
correct one, that we are descended from, for example, amoebas, then frogs,
then monkeys and that ultimately humans are formed by a natural and
biological process over billions of years. While magical perfection is
pursued, the science of many Islamic countries is entirely in the hands of
these groups.
In some Muslim countries, chaos is created, because the authorities
report that they are convinced that people, accused of treason and terrorism,
are spying on them with eavesdropping equipment. Large (fake) Muslim
communities in Turkey have been accused of being involved in wiretapping
scandals and of threatening the state. They are included in the law as a
terrorist organisation and all those involved are relieved of government
functions. They are accused of setting up a parallel state. This leads to panic
in the government, people then consider civilians as terrorists, because
missionaries bring entire communities under their control.
Eavesdropping takes such a form that the authorities become afraid to
have telephone contact and special rooms are built to ensure that they
cannot be overheard. This is a vain attempt, because of magical perfection.
Through the technology with pyramids and triangles, some countries can
eavesdrop in and spy on any room. They simply create a triangular-shaped
electromagnetic field in the area, they want to observe.
Turkish Prime Minister Erdogan has given a speech, in which he
claims satanism has emerged among Alevis in Germany, that development
is underway, that among them many have deviated from Islam. There is
also talk of espionage activities, described as the formation of a parallel
state.
The new generation of immigrants become examples in their native
country, boys and girls, who spread Western culture among the population,
unsuspectingly and innocently. Westerners cannot reach the deep roots of
society, home-grown people can!
The Christians are so lost and get so used to the technique that it just
becomes eavesdropping and the ‘it just works’ idea makes governments
laxer and laxer. An elite group of people emerges, who can do anything and
can be virtually anywhere. These are mostly government officials, who
initially give the impression that they have no bad intentions, except to spy
on other governments for the safety and survival of ‘heaven on Earth’.
On the other hand, the devil’s companions also expand and as magical
perfection is maintained by the various governments, the companions gain
more power. They also can be virtually anywhere and can reach any place
on Earth through pyramids and triangles, and they can also enjoy the work
of the dumber government officials. In the end, it gets to the point where the
companions establish relationships with these top officials; in many ways,
these people become connected to the companions. Officials, who are not
benevolent are blackmailed or weakened in certain ways.
The companions secretly spy on many officials, even making video
and audio recordings, which can be used to blackmail them. People, who
are treated in such a way cannot pose a danger. Some are psychologically
pressured and made sick; others already have been dealt with cold-
bloodedly.
The organisation, the Masons, is becoming richer and is gaining
increased support in Western society. Their practices are known as
Masonry. Although the groups under this organisation were forbidden in the
twentieth century by the Vatican, they returned and gained a foothold in
society. Because of the social changes in the modern era, these groups can
expand undisturbed and are represented in all social layers.
In the twenty-first century, society has become so accustomed to their
practices, that they can make their way undisturbed; at the micro-level, they
can determine who will become a whore, gay or a madman. People think
that if it continues like this, they will soon be able to determine which
people will remain fertile. They assess individuals and then ascribe value to
some and discriminate against others.
For example, the Masons have a spiritual branch, who gather and
invite the faithful to hate strangers and organise practices that can put these
people on the ‘right track’. This creates a movement among young people,
in which people are encouraged to establish relationships with Muslim
youth to familiarise them with Western culture. Organisations like the
Turkish Feto are active around the globe. Also think about the Illuminati
and KKK, two organisations not very different from each other, although
they would claim they are... Both fit into the ‘bigger picture’.
In addition to a spiritual branch, the Masons possess a criminal
branch that seeks to control society. This branch is also working on social
engineering and feeding their deeds with lies and manipulation. For
example, women are lured by both boyfriends and girlfriends, and forced
into prostitution; innocent girls are deliberately chosen to teach them a
different culture, a culture of exhibitionism. Men are also encouraged and in
many cases forced, to have sex with other men; they can eventually
blackmail these men. Eventually, couples emerge, literally called ‘whores.’
Usually, a whore is paired with a professional. The higher the rank these
couples gain in society, the better their position becomes in the order. Some
attain a higher rank in society and are used by this elite group of people.
Eventually, they could serve the enemy of humanity.
The Mocro-maffia from Europe can be used as an example. The
‘princes’ and ‘princesses’ of the organisation are more often discussed in
the news. The Mocro -maffia also includes people, who disguise themselves
as spiritual people, be aware. Also, PKK/PYD is an example of Kurdish
terroristic organisations, which are supported by many western people. An
example of Western involvement: it is said that the PKK and the KKK have
set up a training camp in the Beqaa Valley in Syria, where they cooperate
and organise terroristic actions, presumably against the Republic of Turkey.
There are also many other criminal organisations run by people from
western countries around the world, which maintain ties with the Masons.
The Dutch government knows that these organisations can speed up
the assimilation of Muslims... It is like taming a snake, when the cowardly
deeds surpass a certain level, the police intervene...
Christianity has changed. What used to be a faith, in which people
were praised for reading the Bible, is now characterised by pagan rituals. It
is as if people are now expected to think otherwise.
In the end, the Western people are manipulated in such a way, that the
people begin to spread hatred towards other cultures. A call begins to start a
war against the ‘infidels’ to ‘give the people a chance for a better life.’ A
world with one single religion, characterised by freedom and equality of
thinking, as they promise. Claiming that inequality creates problems in the
world.
It is not only through religious movements that people are convinced.
However, the good people are always among religious groups and these are
people, who are usually beloved in society. Society depends on these
people!
Also, through scientific networks, people are attracted to practices,
they would not normally have to deal with. Studies on the source of human
and animal life are examples of far-reaching science, for which theories and
instruments are designed to question the source of Mother Nature’s life. In
the end, some experiments could lead to dangerous situations, such as the
emergence of an epidemic and many theories result in idolatry among
people.
A flawed capitalist system, in which people, instead of corporations
become rich, allows the culprits to see an opportunity to make money and
to use this money to finance their own people in their customs. Among them
could be persons with hundreds of billions of dollars and euros, and the
people can bring nothing but a woeful acceptance of a great mistake.
Companies generating capital is good and is genuine capitalism, that
capital is in the hands of a few individuals, we really are not talking about
the many millions, is a serious mistake the Western world has made.
Criminal-minded people have set up organisations, that give them
influence over people’s social interactions. Others have hired private
armies. Think of the Bosnian–Serbian leaders Karadzic and Mladic, who
eventually committed genocide with their private armies. Think of
governments driven by war to occupy oil fields, to make more money for the
companies. Think about the mafia, organisations whose business is
booming. There is a constant urge to make more money, even though these
individuals already own billions. There is little control over what actually
happens to these billions.
I am sure it would not be exciting to propagate these billions, to make
billions of dollars, for what reason? What will someone do with so much
money? Would someone buy a thousand houses and all models of sports
cars and private jets? Or would someone take on thousands of women to
bear his children? Was this King Solomon’s train of thought? Maybe the
person still will not enjoy life!
In this world, these people are involved in politics. A person is quickly
convinced of being able to do something good for a ‘better world’. In some
countries, they live like kings. Everything is possible, they might be waiting
for fun or a suitable time to play the boss. Entire wars are financed by
private capital. Entire families become dependent on food from and
listening to and fighting for the ideals of a rich man (or not a real man).
In principle, all the people on Earth are on the same planet, some of
them lose their innocence by taking sides behind a villain, who wants to
betray humanity for his own interests. Every person and every major
movement in society is infiltrated by these people, who know how to get
things done. They impress people. They make an impression with their
wealth and their lifestyle.
The Failure
There is unrest in many Islamic countries. Through fanatical
missionary practices and lax governments, missionaries from other religions
attract people to their cause. In many countries, they are gaining a lot of
influence through fake imams or conspirators and influence from emerging
Zoroastrianism is being felt. Not that a good relationship with
Zoroastrianism will improve the Christian world, it is about the covenant
that is made, even if it is to achieve a goal: the covenant to give Muslims a
chance for a good life, before the Prophet Isa (Jesus) arrives.
Muslims are portrayed as inhuman barbarians, as terrorists. ‘They are
carrying out attacks in Europe and these attacks must be stopped.’ Some
leaders of countries speak about the war on terrorism. People, who believe
in Islam are by definition bad, according to the Western media and the
many capital injections from the West are intended to ‘save’ this part of the
world. Of course, with money from their own source. Western politicians
openly talk about the Islamic world funding: ‘Muslim terrorism.’ Terrorist
organisations, mainly in the Middle East, are targeted and Western people
are manipulated by talks that the religion is false and that those, who
believe in this religion are leaning towards terrorism.
They rape women, crucify moderate Muslims and terrorise their
people in many other ways. They are like Western barbarians in sheep’s
clothing, each of them indeed resembling a true Muslim, wearing a robe
and on their heads a turban.
On the contrary, their customs are nothing like those of Islamic
people. Many actions are against civilians and Muslims suffer most. For
centuries, Christians and Muslims lived side by side, terrorists never
emerged from the Islamic world. There was no genocide, no compulsion to
change religion and the Sharia had been a peaceful code of law.
In the Middle Ages, when Western countries lived in hell on Earth,
peace prevailed and civilisation flourished in the Islamic world. Prosperity
and well-being have been discussed; only prosperity has been experienced,
at least in the Christian world. The good old days? Although in today’s
world there is still only prosperity in the Western world, well-being will be
achieved with a society, which rests on strong moral values.
Western society will eventually become treacherous, marked by a
decline in social control, where rapes and other serious crimes are the order
of the day. In which the Christian faith turns into a belief system that
associates spirituality with black magic and Paganism; with the spiritual
crucifixion of the soul. Western people tend to be secular and most of them
turn into fanatical atheists. Remarkably, they do not reject the cross; on the
contrary, they increasingly accept the cross as the remedy for problems; the
torture of people is getting closer and closer. If there is no mention of
physical torture, a psychological intrusion is certainly occurring.
The Bible is read as an ancient mythological Greek book, many of
whose stories are made up by Greek cardinals, a belief that prevails among
the people. The parts that have been preserved and translated from
manuscripts remain still sacred.
It is not that bad texts are included in the Bible. Most biblical texts
describe pleasant social interaction and a good life. Unfortunately,
important details, including idolatry, are also included in it. Like fallen
angels, who must represent devils and the Prophet Isa (Jesus), who is
misrepresented in the New Testament, bringing Lazarus to life, as if he
possessed gifts, with which he could perform miracles. Prophets, who
raised spirits (what belongs to the practices of necromancy) and who are
portrayed as gods among men... That is an issue the Islamic people ought to
think very differently about.
According to Christians, the prophet will be able to do anything,
because he represents the son of God. Let us say... Let it rain, let it snow,
raising spirits, throwing fireballs, maybe? Who is actually written about in
the Bible? The Prophet Isa (Jesus) as depicted by Muslims, or is this
biblical figure someone else? Someone with supernatural powers? A
technologically advanced man (or not a real man) in the Middle Ages?
It is less than a hundred years since Christian terrorism, the opposite
of Muslim terrorism that is, spread around the world. They have waged
wars against each other, wars for power, resources and people. Then the
Jews and Roma were the scapegoats and millions of innocent civilians were
taken away and tortured. Terrorism ended with a superweapon, which later
became a subject in movies and was sarcastically referred to as: ‘The
weapon that brought peace.’ It is also remarkable that after this defeat, the
Japanese people converted to Christianity.
Target: Islam
The time has come. It is like a button has been pressed. The Western
countries are already prepared. For years, even for centuries, they have been
in control. What could not be achieved through military intervention, will
be achieved by organising and inciting a revolution. The primary target is
Istanbul.
A crowd gathers around Taksim Square and the Kurds organise a
demonstration. They advocate for an independent state in the Middle East,
that will be recognised by the West. Istanbul is home to one million Kurdish
citizens.
Meanwhile, political and military unrest reigns between neighbouring
countries Greece and Turkey. The Greeks claim part of the Aegean Sea as
Greek waters. The Turks, on the other hand, claim that they are in the right:
the waters must remain international waters because otherwise, Turkey’s
trade will be disadvantaged and Turkish ships will have to navigate through
Greek waters to international waters. The two war fleets are patrolling the
sea and on the border between Turkey and Greece, both countries are
mobilising the military.
Greece has invested in its army, money from the EU, with the debts
mostly written off. During the debt crisis, the country invested in
homemade Leopard 2 A6 tanks. Neighbouring countries may not have paid
enough attention to this fact.
Israel announces, that in a war between the Greeks and the Turks,
they will make their Air Force available against the Turks. The Turks
should not underestimate this event, because the Israeli Air Force is larger
than the Turkish Air Force. Between the Greek and Israeli Air Forces, the
airspace for the Turks is getting crowded.
The conflict, in which Israel is also involved, creates an urge in the
Christian world to intervene. The urge comes from the Jewish lobby.
Intense political pressure is being applied to other Muslim countries, not to
interfere in the conflict. The Americans are sending aircraft carriers to the
Persian Gulf to repel an attack, if necessary, and many US jets are already
stationed in Northern Iraq.
Many Arab countries immediately declare independence in this
conflict. Countries such as Jordan, Syria and Egypt are turning their back
on this war. In the cities of surrounding Muslim countries, violent protests
erupt against the war and the people are calling for action against Israel.
The people are afraid that all Muslim countries are next and that a modern
crusade has begun.
After a few days, terrorist organisations begin shelling the Israeli
positions. Despite limited shelling, the response is powerful: a large-scale
artillery attack and violent aerial bombardments of cities of the fighters.
Israel seems to want to send a message, they are willing to shed blood
through a reign of terror over enemy territories.
For years, many Kurds have kept their religious and political
identities secret. Most Kurds have changed religion unnoticed, now
following Zoroastrianism or are led by a fake preacher. Of course, this
could have been noticed by simply paying attention and noting that many
Kurds no longer go to the Turkish mosques. Instead, they are taken care of
by their new folk religion, Zoroastrianism. They have their own mosques
and ‘cemevi’, or Alevi prayer houses.
This leads to a populist protest: all Kurds are encouraged to be
present in the streets. Poor people join the protests, as do people from
surrounding cities, who support the cause. In the beginning, the situation
remains mostly unnoticed by the Turkish government. Later in the day, the
situation becomes clearer. They want to hold a nationwide demonstration
and millions will protest in the streets of Istanbul.
Violent riots begin in the city on the first day and the police raise the
alarm. In the evening, fierce fighting commences in the city between the
Kurdish people and the local police. The civilians are now called rebels and
terrorists by the government and the Western media talks about a freedom
struggle and demonstrations for an independent state, Kurdistan.
Alarms are being raised all over the country. In all the cities in the
country, militants armed with automatic weapons have taken to the streets.
Their weapons come from the terrorist organisation PKK and from looting
weapons depots, which they achieved earlier by infiltrating the Turkish
Army.
That evening, there is panic in Turkey and the government declares a
state of emergency. The army is called in to assists the police and there is
fierce fighting in the cities. The Kurds occupy the streets. In many areas, it
is reported that civilians are being killed. The government admits that in
principle, a civil war has begun. The economy and cultural life are at a
standstill.
Kurds, who are serving the army, are organised that day and many
Turkish Army bases are on high alert. Fighting breaks out at army bases. In
the southeast of Turkey, where most people are Kurdish, the army struggles.
The Kurds have secured all supply routes, cutting off many cities. It soon
becomes clear that the roads leading to the cities must be secured.
Otherwise, the army will be in even bigger trouble.
In the outlying areas, where the army is more explicitly present than
in the cities, where there are more police officers stationed, the Kurdish
fighters are carrying out hit-and-run attacks on Turkish Army units.
A no-fly zone is announced over ‘Kurdistan’ and America and Israel
warn the Muslim countries not to fly above the demarcated area to prevent
civilian casualties. Western jets fly on and off and guard the border between
Kurdistan and Turkey.
A new, unexpected event takes place. Hundreds of thousands of
Peshmergas and rebels from an allegedly Islamic state, led by Arabs, are
attacking the border with Turkey. Parties that have previously faced each
other as enemies are now waging a concerted war against an Islamic
country.
Fake preachers, all over the country, are also encouraging Turkish
Muslims to fight in a holy war against modern Western Turkey. Conversely,
Western-minded young people are being encouraged to join the war against
Islam and fight for ‘liberation’.
The West immediately turns against the Turks, because of
assumptions in the media, claiming that the Turkish Army is carrying out
massacres and because of media personalities advocating for peace. A new
state, Kurdistan, is officially recognised and Turkey is being expelled from
NATO. The alliance is over!
Right after this event, the Greeks see an opportunity to provoke a war.
Above the Aegean Sea, Turkish warplanes are confronted by the Greek Air
Force and the Turkish Navy is attacked at sea. The war has begun and not
much later the air-raid sirens in Turkey begin to wail. Large-scale airstrikes
on ground targets and fierce fighting between Turkish pilots and the
attackers are taking place. The Christian coalition attack!
The Turkish Air Force can offer little opposition. The pilots report
that the American jets show signs of a malfunction when they take on the
Israeli warplanes. Many pilots report that their fly-by-wire modules, radar
and other sensors, fail during confrontations with enemy jets. Billions have
been spent to finance these fighter planes, the money was wasted because,
in a combat situation, the planes have electronic flaws. The Israelis use a
jammer that is so complicated, well-designed and effective, that it is almost
certain that the country has inside information regarding these devices.
After all, many electronics are designed by their people. The disarming
happens at the touch of a button...
Before the war began, the coalition had gathered troops at the border
to resolve any conflict with Iran. Also, in Iran protests have started and
there is high tension at the border between Iraq and Iran. Warplanes take off
and confront the opposing jets. Some coalition jets have been brought
down!
Tensions are running high. The American troops in Iraq are combat-
ready and do combat training every day. The army is based at the border.
Iran realises that an airdrop in the mainland of Iran could confuse the army.
Therefore, they do not yet risk entering the airspace.
One evening the air-raid sirens wail in Iran. Large-scale airstrikes on
the country’s strategic positions have begun and fierce and fair air battles
are taking place between pilots of both sides. Apparently, the Turkish Air
Force has been diluted to such a level, that Israeli pilots have been given
other targets. The new target is the Persian Gulf and the airspace is being
monitored above that area. The aim is to harm the economy of Iran.
This is not difficult. The oil fields on the Persian Gulf are being
bombed, in such a way that transporting oil becomes impossible. Of course,
this comes at a cost for the world economy. This is explained to the home
front that it is a priority to isolate the country. Oil depots and pipelines are
being bombed. In no time, fuel shortages will arise and the country’s
economy will be flattened.
A few days after the airstrikes began, the coalition launches its
ground offensive. The objective is to isolate Iran and neutralise the threat
against the West. The attack takes place on the coastal strip of the Persian
Gulf; the navy and Air Force of the coalition do the dirty work. Aircraft
carriers go ashore, on the coast of the Persian Gulf. Paratroopers are
dropped in central parts of the coast.
The coastal area on the Persian Gulf is geographically well suited to a
large-scale attack because this area is flatter than the rest of Iran. The
Iranian mainland is mountainous and war in this region will lead to many
losses and would be unnecessary. Moreover, the Persian Gulf is the heart of
the economy and control of this area will mean an end to the threat in the
Middle East.
Because the area is flatter, tanks and artillery can more easily make
their way to the cities, where fierce fighting will take place. The war is
similar to the war against the armed forces, in which Saddam Hussein’s
soldiers were imprisoned in the desert and planes carried out massive
bombing raids on military positions. The landscape creates an advantage for
the coalition; the Iranian Army can offer little opposition. Enemy tanks,
other armoured vehicles and heavy equipment are remotely detected with
satellites and destroyed by aircraft. What remains, are starving men, who
have taken shelter in the landscape.
Not that the cities are the ideal places to establish an army. The
coalition has been ruthless in the war against Iraq and has bombed the
cities, leading to millions of civilian casualties. The same will happen in
this war. The army offers little opposition to the coalition’s massive
firepower, with heavy bombardment of army positions, resulting in the
advance of coalition forces.
The landscape offers little cover for the ground troops. Although
some successes are achieved, within a week the fighting will focus on the
cities of the Persian Gulf. The mountainous area is safeguarded by the
coalition and a new border is drawn. The entire coastal plain is occupied
and the mountain range becomes the new border between the coalition and
Iran.
Meanwhile, in Turkey, there is fierce fighting between Kurds and
Turks and all cities are mired in chaos. The Turkish naval fleet and Air
Force have been defeated. The Greek commanders signal a large-scale
ground offensive in Thrace, moving towards Istanbul. In Cyprus, the order
for a ground offensive is being issued. The Turkish part of Cyprus is
completely isolated from the outside world by the coalition’s war fleet.
Within weeks, the Turkish part will have to surrender or die of starvation.
The fight is fierce in Thrace. The Turkish Army is resisting. Soldiers
engage in combat, they certainly do not submit to the coalition forces. The
Turkish troops often have to rely on defensive weapons, such as anti-tank
weapons and machine guns. Heavy weaponry have become the frequent
target of airstrikes. Supported by tanks, infantry soldiers march through the
hilly landscape of Thrace. The Greeks suffer many losses, yet they are
determined. The Turks take out many tanks with anti-tank weapons. Turkish
soldiers hide en masse in the hilly landscape of Thrace and try to defend
their positions.
After about a month of bloody fighting, the Greeks enter the region of
Istanbul. A strategically constructed canal, constructed near Istanbul to
redirect ship traffic, will be the new line of defence.
Greek paratroopers and marines have landed. They are attacking the
Turkish coastal areas. The fighting is fierce around the city of Izmir; the
Greeks are trying to expand the front in several regions to confuse the
Turkish Army.
The Turkish troops are fighting valiantly. On the mainland, military
forces are being attacked by Kurdish separatists, who are restricting the
army’s supply lines; in many places, cutting them off completely. Moreover,
everything indicates that commandos and spies are among them, well-
trained soldiers, who do a lot of damage behind the front. They organise
and send Kurdish rebels to conduct their raids.
Some cities, near mainly south-eastern Turkey, have been
successfully targeted and the Kurdish rebels have almost gained the upper
hand in these cities. In other cities, the rebels have taken control of large
neighbourhoods.
In downtown Istanbul, a measure of peace has returned and the fallen
are buried. The Kurds surprised the Turks when they attacked and terrorised
the big cities.
In Central Anatolia, it is quieter than in other areas, because the
Kurdish population in this region is smaller than in other areas.
In the meantime, the Greek Army has crossed over the Istanbul
Canal; the Turkish Army is retreating to urban areas.
This time another danger lurks. The Russian Black Sea Fleet is
approaching Istanbul. The Russians fortified the Black Sea Fleet with
vessels, captured from the Ukrainian Navy when they occupied Crimea.
The fleet has been fully refurbished and strengthened, and now poses a
danger to the enemy of their Orthodox allies.
As the Turkish Army retreats to urban areas, the city is under a
barrage of fire from the Russian ships, as Russia has entered the conflict.
The allied forces seem intent on making the dream of turning Istanbul into
an Orthodox Christian city again, become a reality. The dream of every
Orthodox Christian is to recapture the Hagia Sophia and rename Istanbul to
Constantinople. It is said that Nicola Tesla spoke openly about this intention
and many other spiritually gifted people point to a future victory against
Islam.
Call for Action
The Islamic world is in a panic. Many realise that if the war is lost, it
could be the end of Islam. Two of the large and most important pillars of
Islam, Turkey and Iran, fight the Christian coalition, without the other
Muslim countries being able to make a move.
Spiritual leaders of Islam secretly come together to discuss whether to
use the last resort, something the Islamic people have kept secret. They
want to use their spiritual influence to force a passage to the West, to lead a
definitive war against the Christians.
Many imams urge the heads of government of the countries to join
the jihad against the West. Some members of the group explain how this
should be done. It is said that armies from every Muslim country will
assault Europe by using portals, set up to reach the Christian world through
the light tunnels. Of course, this comes with the risk that the Muslim army
will clash with the army of the devil.
In the end, supporters of the plan exert significant pressure to accept
this plan and many countries agree. They have little choice, in their
experience. In no time, their people can be overpowered by the Christians,
as two pillars of Islam are about to fall. They must fight now or accept
defeat and bow to the Christian leaders.
Zoroastrians must make a different choice: whether to join the
Muslims in the portals, in a joint war against the West or to fight their war
and wait until the time is right to claim victory and take over the Islamic
regions.
In the Islamic world, the news spreads and believers report to the
army to serve in the holy war. A selection is carried out among the
volunteers.
Many Muslims realise that there may be a catch. They are afraid that
the enemy is able to control the portals. Technicians are not entirely sure,
but control seems to be in the hands of the Muslim command. Yet, they do
point out the risks of warfare. ‘Things do not always go as planned:’ a
spokesman says. And he continues: ‘If nothing happens, nothing will be
gained and if a man does not fight when he needs to, he must accept defeat.
Then, our race will not survive because we have not taught the enemy
respect.’
One evening, a million Muslims enter the portals, which they open on
the mainland in secret locations at military bases. They have already said
goodbye to their families. They move en masse through the portals, all
carrying compasses, with which they can determine their positions. They
are armed with close combat weapons and machine guns to wage war in the
portal systems and the dimensions. Of course, they have specially prepared
food with them, with which they can stay alive for a few weeks.
The first confrontations are with the companions of the devil, who see
the stampede of Muslims coming. They flee to safe areas and hide from the
mass of Muslim soldiers. Occasionally, they capture many Muslim fighters
by diverting them to a virtual prison, which can capture the soul and body.
The Muslim warriors, who get lost in the dimensions are taken in by jinn or
other companions of the devil. They await a bloody end or years of slavery.
Muslim preachers want to prevent this by talking to the culprits. Much to
their displeasure, their requests to meet, are not granted.
The army is rushing towards Europe and in no time, Europe will be
attacked... The soldiers reach the border with Europe and are about to fly
over Istanbul. Suddenly, the space they are moving in, starts to change
drastically, with horizontal becoming vertical and vice versa. In the
distance, behind the light tunnels, the Muslim fighters see Christian
soldiers, who are willing to fight against the Muslims. They have flocked
in, in large numbers and are waiting for a possible breakthrough by the
Muslims. All roads to Rome are fenced off. Paths become walls and walls
become paths. The dimension is experiencing a transformation.
For years, Europeans have been preparing for this moment. The
European Shield and the Galileo project have been specially set up to
achieve ‘magical perfection’. The border to Istanbul is believed to have
been drawn in March 2015, when strange lines in the sky could have been
seen. A short time, a wall seemed to become clearly visible.
The Muslim fighters are desperately trying to cross the paths into
Europe, which they had previously entered. All of these paths are blocked
by a wall of fire now. All the fighters are being led away and they do not
know where to go next. The Islamic technicians are speechless and
distraught. The entire system works to the disadvantage of the Muslim
fighters. All are led to a location, to a dimension, where they are met by the
army of companions of the devil. Millions of Muslim fighters seem to have
no other choice and neither do the companions. Western technicians have
succeeded in trapping the Muslims and sending them towards the
companions. They have been tricked! The motive of the Christians is, to let
these people fight evil first and then overcome them in an ambush later.
The Muslim fighters try to reach the companions and engage them in
a fight. To their surprise, they also seem to have concocted a ruse. They
lead the Muslim fighters to another dimension and portal system. The
crusaders of the Christian army spectate them from their defensive positions
in the dimensions, seeing through the portal system, waiting for any
enemies to come out.
When the Muslim fighters reach this dimension, they cannot believe
their eyes. A second army of soldiers is about to enter the portals there. It is
an army of about one million soldiers. The Muslim warriors look at each
other and shout that they are the Israelis. The Jewish men all wear black
robes and the women white; on the contrary, the Muslim men all wear white
robes. The secondary army consists of mostly Jews, many people of other
races are also in the middle, including many Kurds, Iranian people of Arab
origin, who all have chosen Zoroastrianism over the well-known Islam.
The walls behind the Muslim fighters fall away or transform into
pathways and the trumpeters announce the attack. The crusaders have
locked the Muslims in a portal system between dimensions and can move
the Muslim fighters forward and steer them. Thousands of technicians do
their best to lure the Muslim fighters into a trap, to turn the roads into a
dead end. The Jewish warriors also have an advantage in numbers and
maintain the system under their control.
Bloody battles take place between Muslims and Christians. Morale
among Christians is much higher than among Muslim fighters. The
Muslims urge each other on. They know it is only a matter of time and there
is no turning back. They know, this ultimate battle must be fought to bring
some sorrow to the conspirators...
Spiritual Relations
As the battle erupted, the Jews have begun to open a new portal and
link the existing dimensions to a new dimension. A strange dimension,
which lies between heaven and Earth, between life and death. The Jewish
soldiers manage to move towards a dimension between heaven and Earth
without falling asleep, thanks to specially designed masks and equipment
that prevent this from happening. They tear open the Root to provoke the
angel Azrael.
The soldiers have been given golden halos, with which they can all
connect to the Saint Root of life, to which they have crucified their souls.
This gives them the ability to move independently of the naturally formed
Root, between heaven and Earth. By crucifying themselves, they become
independent from the angels. Only then, they can take them on!
It will be proven to the people that these angels are evil: they, who are
up against the ‘holy’ Jewish elite soldiers! These soldiers are almost
identical to the companions. They have undergone mutations and have
learned all kinds of skills that must give them an advantage on the
battlefield.
Angels are confronting and fighting these elite soldiers because these
soldiers move in a dimension that disturbs the balance of the planet. The
soldiers’ movement, which disturbs the magnetic balance between the
planet and space, is such a threat to Earth that angels rise from heaven.
The Israeli people can watch the fighting on television through
special broadcasts. Many people have access to images and video footage
of the battle. They applaud the soldiers’ gains, however, they are left
disappointed by the losses these soldiers suffer.
The elite soldiers are struggling against the angels, who remain
virtually unblemished. At every hit, fire turns into flowers. The few times
the archangel Azrael is hit, has intense consequences. Every time the
archangel is hit, the air creaks and something creaks from inside our
bodies...
While these battles are taking place, the fighters in the other portal
systems and dimensions can see the army of crusaders take on the angels.
The Muslim fighters cheer a few times when elite soldiers die.
A strange phenomenon occurs when companions of the devil engage
in this struggle between the angels and the Jews. The battle becomes harder
for the angels because they have to fend off attacks from both sides. Some
Jewish elite recognise the companions. Some of them even appear to have
ties to each other! Some of these ties are deep, as there are companions,
who are Jewish people’s cousins, nieces and nephews and even parents and
children. They parade together from time to time and show themselves
explicitly as friends.
A few times, demons, who have disguised themselves as angels try to
confuse people by appearing on the battlefield. They are pursued by real
angels.
The Muslim fighters are struggling. However, because of disbelief in
the situation, they are fighting better than before. The Christians, who stand
up against angels are proof to them they are fighting for the just cause.
On planet Earth, natural disasters occur everywhere during the battle.
scientists call it coincidence, yet cyclones and earthquakes follow each
other. Some people fear that the world is ending. Amid the bad weather,
trees all over the world are having a strange reaction. They are shaking
violently and their leaves are floating through the air. While many people
realise that nature is acting strangely, many others do not. They do not care
about the events.
The Final Battle of a Righteous Civilisation
The commander of the Muslim fighters sees an opportunity emerging
on the battlefield. The Jews have drawn the dimension between heaven and
Earth to the portal systems; now, the culprits see an opportunity to attack
the angels. So, the culprits have linked their systems to the system of the
Jews, thereby automatically creating portals to their own dimension.
The Muslim commanders decide to send the army towards the army
of companions. This is dangerous. Despite this fact, the Muslim
commanders think this will increase their chances of survival. The
companions will be defeated and the Muslim soldiers will enter this
unknown dimension. The Muslim soldiers try to find their way towards the
army of companions.
The Muslims think, attacking the companions will be easier than
attacking the crusaders, as the army of companions is smaller in number.
They could be wrong, it may not be that easy, because it consists of many
mutants and bionic creatures, which are quite strong and impressive on the
battlefield. Women, who turn into large scorpions and men, who turn into
gigantic, human-sized spiders are being drawn into the dimension. When
dealing with creatures that are as strong as a bear, an average man with a
sword is not strong enough to pierce their body. A lot of muscle and
strength is required.
The Muslim army is still being attacked from the left and right by the
Christian armies, who want nothing but the destruction of the Muslim army.
The Muslims defend the left and right sides of the front (the portal system,
in which they take a defensive stance towards the Christian armies). Step by
step, they withdraw from their positions and try to move forward, into the
opened dimension, where they engage the companions.
From time to time, angels intervene to restore Earth’s balance. Some
creatures disrupt the magnetic balance with their magic and magical
weaponry.
And from time to time, Jewish elite soldiers, who are out to kill the
‘evil’ and fallen angels, end up on the battlefield with the Muslim warriors.
The Jewish elite soldiers are a terrifying sight, because they possess
an exoskeleton, that they can use with dominant force. It is exceedingly
difficult to fight them because they appear out of nowhere from their
dimension. Most times, angels close the dimension, making it seem as if the
angels and Muslim warriors are fighting side by side against these soldiers.
The Muslim fighters are fighting bravely. They are occasionally
trapped by control: their portals are shifted repeatedly, changing their
destination. The soldiers come up with ingenious solutions during the
battles to overcome this disadvantage.
Islamic technicians have some successes, still, they have little effect
on the battlefield. Many electronics are based on Western technology, which
is easily disturbed. They even have difficulty displaying images on the
screens and are constantly getting confused. Eventually, they wonder if
continuing to monitor the battlefield with the help of the jammed monitors
is any good. It is as if something happens to the information they are
receiving. Weird events occur when certain images are shown.
The A-team, a team of technicians contributing to ‘magical
perfection’, has prepared things well, the Islamic technicians are
embarrassed. The systems are slaves of another master system. The Islamic
technicians will realise this eventually, however, that will change neither
history nor the future.
The computers are shut down and the power switches are turned off.
The technicians are trying to locate parts that are somehow under power;
modules that are still working after the power has been shut down, are
being sabotaged. All telephone exchanges are being closed, cell towers are
being powered down and the lines to the Internet are being interrupted. The
Islamic technicians have been proven wrong and they have fallen for the
tricks of a hostile civilisation. They thought they could guide the Muslim
fighters and even imagined they could attack Europe. Their equipment is
working against them and all the information is being exchanged with
secret networks via supercomputers, which transmit the information to the
enemy.
The companions apply their old tactics to make the battle more
difficult for their enemies. Through complicated electronics and cerebral
frequencies, sounds are produced in the dimensions, to try to make the
enemy soldiers nervous and psychotic. They manage to disturb the minds of
the fighters, making it harder for them to move and think. A strange gas,
that acts on the brain, is also present in the portal systems. The Christian
armies are prepared and equipped with gas masks and a specially designed
device, which minimises the effects of interference on the brain. The
Muslim soldiers did not have time to pay attention to this. It was a matter of
now or never for them.
Some Muslim warriors fall and are injured, due to nerve fatigue and
paralysis. Everything moves fast. Some are slaughtered by the enemy as
easy prey. Apparently, some people are much more sensitive to these
frequencies than others. Some hear high and disturbing sounds, while others
claim they hear almost nothing. Not everyone hears this frequency equally
and loudly, which creates confusion among the soldiers.
Meanwhile, the Muslim warriors have pushed the companions far
back into the system of portals. They must remain patient to achieve
success because they have to follow the same routes again and again and at
times choose a different route to achieve their goal.
The Muslim soldiers show courage and keep going, and they turn the
tide by patiently moving on and off the battlefield. It is also important for
them to communicate quickly and effectively.
Time after time, the Muslim fighters are surprised by Christian
soldiers, who appear from the portals and chase the Muslim fighters into the
dimensions. Chaos reigns, yet most soldiers see structure in the battle and
become used to the way they are fighting. Other soldiers cannot get used to
this kind of warfare, because they become confused and have difficulty
following the routes. They get lost in the portals and sometimes end up on
the wrong route, heading for the Christian armies or ending up in a virtual
prison, in a dead-end.
The Muslim warriors are fighting fiercely and do not realise that a
great danger is lurking. Most people still firmly believe that the demonic
slaves have been defeated and that they will not return. Some soldiers claim
that they have seen the demonic slaves walking in the dimensions. They are
dangerous on the battlefield because they possess energy stronger than that
of the other companions and they are cunning fighters, which emerge only
when they are not in real danger. They torment soldiers and lure them into
traps, acting only when the need is great. Until then, they lurk behind the
scenes, waiting for a chance to show themselves and to spread fear among
the enemy. The soldiers see them as an impressive presence on the
battlefield.
The Muslim soldiers become restless and wonder how strong the
companions are and how many men are left. The fighters suffer many losses
and the army has become thinned out and tired. The demonic slaves have
not yet appeared on the battlefield and it is like the companions are also
awaiting their arrival. Both sides think the appearance of the demonic
slaves will be a good sign…
As blood is shed, some demonic slaves appear on the battlefield and
the companions become emotional. Some Muslim fighters rejoice and call
on Allah (God). It is the sign they have been waiting for, the sign that things
are going well, that the war can be won! The demonic slaves cast their
magic. Despite heavy losses, the soldiers are not discouraged. They advance
on the demonic slaves and show them the meaning of courage in battle. The
companions become nervous and discouraged, even more so when
Christian soldiers also attempt to attack the demonic slaves and the other
companions a few times.
The commanders of the Christian armies proclaim that the primary
objective is to destroy the Muslim army and that the devil will be dealt with
another time. Discord arises among the soldiers because they must leave the
demonic slaves behind and focus their efforts on killing people. They find it
disturbing that the demonic slaves have not been defeated, as had been
assumed, that they may not fight against these beings and that this is a war
against a terrorist civilisation, that of the Islamists! Many realise that this is
propaganda that divides humanity. Yet they cannot go back, because their
path has been chosen and their fate long determined by those in charge. The
orders are clear: ‘Defeat the Muslims and leave the demons behind.’ The
commanders repeat the order: ‘Defeat the Muslims and leave the demons
behind!’
On the battlefield, all armies show severe fatigue and men start to
pass each other, which leads to strange and tragic moments. Thus, two men
may walk towards each other, both have too little strength left to deliver a
final blow. The fierce warfare turns into a slack display at times, with
people passing each other in the light tunnels. This is to the benefit of the
Muslim fighters because they are given more time to discourage the
companions.
The demonic slaves urge the companions to keep on fighting and not
flee. However, the companions see that the battle is leading to great losses
among the men and that the promise of staying alive cannot be realised.
Many companions complain to their demonic leaders; some even try to
escape. They are dealt with harshly. On the battlefield, the other
companions see how they come to their terrible end.
One companion urges another forward again. The companion moves
towards one of the demonic slaves, looking friendly, with treason in mind.
The companion, a monster with a human body armoured with stones, a
stone golem, hits one of the demonic slaves and injures the being.
Most companions are unsure now, whether they should flee or stay.
Some have already fled and the other demonic slaves are trying to
discourage further desertion, by attacking those, who flee. Once again,
some companions try to defy them. This time, with little success, the
element of surprise is gone. Most of these companions are sacrificed by the
demons, still, some manage to flee.
The companions have become indignant and discouraged by the
events. For the Muslim commanders, this is good fortune; they give orders
to their soldiers to fight fiercer. A group of Muslim warriors have been
instructed to seek out the demonic slaves and try to confront them. This
may shock the companions.
The Christians realise that at the front with the companions, the
Muslims are gaining the upper hand, although, mostly they no longer care
about events. They become numb and their morale drops. They only follow
orders to avoid trouble with their superiors. The Muslim army is a threat to
their country and must be destroyed. The devil is also a threat. According to
their commanders, a solution will be found one day. Many soldiers are still
nagging their superiors about when and if the order will come to attack the
demonic slaves...
When the Christian soldiers entered the portals, they did know that
they would encounter the companions and they certainly did not know that
the demons were still alive. It has been playing on their conscience.
The Muslim fighters have little chance of opposing the demonic
slaves successfully in the portal systems, as the demonic slaves seem to be
everywhere in the light tunnels, when they want to be and as if they are
faster than the soldiers. Yet the Muslim fighters keep trying. A few times
they get close. In those moments they see that the angels are watching the
scene. They balance between dead and life, and within a second, it feels like
a dream that has passed. There are moments when the demonic slaves
become desperate and find a way out. Apparently, there is a bounded area,
in which each can move and the boundaries are reached earlier when these
beings push the limits of physics.
While the demonic slaves are kept busy, they cannot incite and
command the army of companions. Some companions see the opportunity
to leave the battlefield. The others follow them and a race ensues to reach
the portals, which lead to an unknown dimension.
The Muslim commanders urge the men to follow them into the
unknown, because this may be the only way to survive. The portals must be
conquered and kept open until the last man is inside. The Muslim
commanders understand that the portals can be closed after the companions
have withdrawn and decided to attempt to prevent this. If this action fails,
the entire war will have been in vain and the army will be slaughtered by
the Christian armies. The Muslim fighters chase the companions and lash
out during the chase.
A commander, whose profession is an engineer, decides to sacrifice
himself. He might die. Despite this fact, he wants to give his life to
safeguard the lives of his brothers. It is uncertain whether this will mean his
end. He will have to wait defencelessly until his brothers are brought to
safety.
The soldiers are constantly moving and portals are opening and
closing. The commander is currently between two portals, floating in a light
tunnel, one in front and the other at the back. The first one is under the
control of the companions, the other under the control of the Christian
armies. A portal opens as soon as a strong sound frequency is sent into
space. When it stops, a structure is sent, a secondary wavelength. Then a
strong sound frequency is sent again, after which the secondary wavelength
merges into the two linearly. A cavity arises in space, which is connected to
a receiver, a portal that captures the secondary frequency. The two linear
frequencies disintegrate into each other, which means that polarization
occurs and a +/– flow occurs.
The commander possesses a jet pack, with which he can float, without
falling into the portal. He also owns a specially developed device, that
allows him to capture the secondary frequency. This frequency is copied
and extended; now, the portal is extended. In the end, the companions lose
control of the portal because it has shifted.
The Muslim fighters can move unhindered through the portal, yet
they must do so quickly. The Christians attempt to prevent the Muslim
soldiers from escaping, by trying to change the exits of the portal system.
The Christian soldiers are encouraged to perform a noble deed: they must
try to take out the commander.
The Muslims enter the portal one by one while trying to prevent the
Christians from reaching the captured portal. They have largely completed
this part of their mission; about Ninety per cent of the men have already
moved through the portal, leading to the unknown dimension. The Christian
soldiers have approached, they are nearing, with their commanders
directing the technicians to correct the system more precisely, so that the
commander can be eliminated. Eventually, a soldier comes out of the portal
and swings his sword at the commander, who gets seriously injured. The
commander loses his balance and he slides back into the portal (exiting).
The injured commander enters the portal into the unknown dimension. It
closes, to the displeasure of the remaining Muslim fighters. There is no
longer any way out for them. They fight on to the bitter end!
For the Christians, the time has come. They have achieved victory!
They cheer and cry for joy that the war is over and are grateful to God that
they are still alive.
The portals are prepared to allow the armies to return home. A base is
located near the border of Greece and Turkey, where they will land. The
retreat has already begun. They move through the portals and have to ‘fly’
back. Most men are exhausted.
They are received by military authorities with a special ceremony for
each soldier. They applaud the soldiers, who come through the portals; they
are all accompanied by a military crowd. They will be rewarded for
accomplishing their task!
Later, a funeral ceremony is held for the thousands of fallen soldiers.
Most of the soldiers are present at the ceremony. Here, at times, the war is
discussed. A much-discussed topic among the soldiers is the fate of the
Muslims, who disappeared into the tunnels, into a secret dimension of the
devil. Thousands fell into an unknown dimension and many people wonder
what happened to them. If they survive, they can still attack the West!
The commanders and other leaders deliver a speech, praising the men
and honouring the dead. They acknowledge that some of the Muslim
fighters ‘have been sent to hell’ and state that they hope that they will never
come out alive. In any case, they will be met by the crusader armies. The
leaders promise that research will be carried out on the newly discovered
unknown dimension. That the West will soon have nothing to fear and that
terrorism will be defeated, once and for all!
The End of Islam
After the victory, Western armies enter countries under the control of
Islam. Government leaders are calling on the West to stop using violence.
Their message is that Islam is a religion of peace and tolerance...
Entire armies cross borders and some Islamic countries are apparently
impressed by Christian supremacy or live under a Christian influence, they
undergo a revolution. In these countries, masses of people gather in the
streets and try to overthrow the government. Backed by Christian special
forces and spies, they manage to overpower these weaker governments.
In the media, it is announced that the state religion of these countries
has changed, with some countries becoming Zoroastrian and others
becoming Christian. The Muslims in these countries are being dealt with
harshly; in fact, a civil war is ongoing. Many people are mistreated by the
new state. Men are being deported on suspicion of treason and terrorism,
Muslim brothers and imams are being crucified in the name of God and
many people are forced to adopt the new religion.
From Israel to Iraq, crusaders go through Saudi Arabia on their way
to Mecca, a city with spiritual significance. They will conquer the symbol
of Islam, which is intended to symbolically end Islam.
From Pakistan, Turkey and Iraq, Christian armies enter Iran to
completely eliminate the country, which is now suffering from isolation and
a trade embargo. In the mountains of Iran, fierce fighting is ongoing. The
fighting in the mountainous areas will take months, the Christian
commanders assume. Iran is a large country with many mountains and
valleys, which are difficult to traverse.
The army leadership focuses on major cities, that can be reached
using highways. Thus, on the mainland, battles are taking place with
paratroopers and commandos, trained to survive behind the lines and block
the enemy’s supply lines. Near major roads, multiple regiments of
paratroopers are dropped, with the mission to survive and where possible,
block supply routes. They are supported from the air with helicopters and
fighter jets. The Air Force has the task of disabling heavy weapons, so the
commandos can accomplish their task more easily.
There is still fierce fighting on the Turkish mainland. In Anatolia,
Turks and Kurds are separated and mass bloodshed is taking place between
these peoples. From Iraq, Armenia and Syria, Western armies are on their
way to create a front near south-eastern Turkey. Many regions are now
under the control of the Kurds. The Turkish Army leadership is struggling
to supply the army.
Fierce fighting takes place around the Black Sea between Turkish
troops and Armenian partisans before the Western armies arrive. Around
the Black Sea, the Armenian fighters have blended in with the Lazars and
Georgian people. It seems that Armenia will expand its territory towards the
Black and Caspian Seas, where they have launched an offensive towards
Baku, the capital of Azerbaijan, which has remained behind the Turks. The
dream to become a Great Armenia will finally become a reality.
After the First World War, the Armenians from Turkey felt compelled
to flee to Christian territory. They had waged a partisan battle against the
Turkish Army and felt threatened after the freedom struggle. They marched
along the roads of Turkey, mostly alongside horse-drawn carriages. Turkish
leaders decided to give the Armenians the right to normal life and
citizenship, under certain conditions. Half of the Armenians returned to
their homes, while the rest emigrated abroad. They all adopted Turkish
names and according to the law, they followed Islam.
Today, the Armenians claim genocide and point out that many people
are missing among them. They openly provoke arguments by creating a
genocide issue; they claim these Armenians were murdered. Nowadays,
large numbers of Armenians live in a heaven on Earth in Turkey. They can
go to church and call themselves Armenian. In many cases, they are more
prosperous than Turks and that is remarkable.
The Russian army starts a major offensive against the Central Asian
countries, which are partly Islamic. With little opposition, the Russians are
forcing the countries to surrender.
The crusaders pass through the desert of Saudi Arabia and encounter
fanatical Muslim fighters, who want to confront the enemy at all costs. In
some places, there is fierce fighting, the force they oppose is enormous.
With heavily armoured tanks and other armoured vehicles, backed from the
air, the Christians travel through the outlying areas.
As far as Riyadh, the capital of Saudi Arabia, their journey is
relatively easy. The Western countries know that taking the capital will be
more difficult; therefore, they decide to bomb the city and force the Arabs
to surrender. However, they will announce their plan first, to try to make
them surrender.
In the West, street fights and unprecedented scenes take place in the
city of Istanbul. Whole towers and buildings are blown up by special units,
and Greek and Turkish units fight from building to building. The Turkish
soldiers have difficulty finding food and some even die of starvation.
Turkish units carry out attacks to find food. It is a strange situation, the urge
to survive makes people perform impossible deeds.
On the Hagia Sophia, the Greek Orthodox flag is raised and the
minarets of the building are destroyed. The other famous mosques are
blown up by special forces. All over the Islamic world, Muslim places of
worship are blown up. Little to no remains should exist; remains of Islamic
culture are no longer allowed.
The Turks are trying to negotiate a ceasefire. This time the Christians
are determined to divide Turkey among them. Istanbul, Izmir and the
coastal strip, adjacent to the city of Izmir are left to the Greeks. The rest of
Anatolia is divided into an Armenian and a Jewish–Kurdish part, which
belongs to the new state of Great Israel. Two new states are proclaimed,
Great Armenia and Great Israel. Within a short time, Turkey’s capital,
Ankara, falls.
Magical perfection:
The oil sheikhs negotiate with the West and at the last minute, when
the West is about to initiate airstrikes, the leadership decides to capitulate.
The planes return without completing their mission. The sheikhs fly to the
West, under the guidance of Western diplomats and they sign a treaty that
will spare the Arab population and surrender the country to Western
domination. The sheikhs are not allowed to return to Saudi Arabia until the
war is over. They are allowed to keep a large part of their assets in the
Western world and Saudi Arabia. Part of their assets will be seized to cover
the costs of the operation. In return, it is promised that the city of Mecca
and the Kaaba will be renamed as cultural heritage sites.
The sheikhs will soon be baptised by the church. Remarkably, some
family members are reported missing or dead.
The Arab army surrenders the capital and the Christian armies move
inland. In all cities, unrest is reported among the people and many soldiers
desert and form militias. The Arab people have decided to defend the cities
against Christian occupation. The army pulls out of these cities and some
weapons fall into the hands of the militias.
The goal of the Christians is to take over the city of Mecca. The
remaining cities will follow and should be easy to take over.
In Mecca, Christians face fierce resistance. Militias fight fanatically
to the last man. Despite losses, Western commandos are quickly marching
through the streets and subduing the militias.
Battles are taking place around the Kaaba and Christians are storming
into the pilgrimage site. A large crowd of pilgrims is waiting for the
soldiers. Weeping, they call out to the soldiers to prevent the Kaaba from
falling. Some unarmed people storm the enemy soldiers, only to be riddled
with bullets. Panic ensues and people start to flee. They trample each other
and many people die in the stampede. An armoured car drives into the
crowd continues up to the Kaaba and is surrounded by soldiers. The people
are encouraged to leave the place of pilgrimage. The city has fallen!
When the Kaaba fell, raindrops fell. People felt the droplets falling on
their bodies. As if it rained.
Islam was defeated and in all cities around the world, celebrations
were held. Especially in Europe and America, the party was exuberant.
‘We are the champions, my friends, and we’ll keep on fighting to the
end.’ The familiar refrain of a well-known song carried the message.
Muslims, who refuse to give up their ancient religion and do not
accept Christianity are beheaded. Men receive no mercy. Women are
tortured and used in other ways. Children are accompanied by brothers,
who try to give them hope for a better future. Many have lost family
members and realise that they are dealing with the enemy. Many other
children have died brutally. The survivors are taught the Christian doctrine
and punished for disobedience.
People, who accept Christianity are paired with a Christian spouse to
speed up the cultural shift. This is important to prevent future riots or a
resurgence of Islam.
The Quran is banned all over the world and picked up in large
numbers by special representatives, who walk the streets to collect the holy
books. Heavy sanctions are imposed on people, who ignore the ban. Those,
who hand in a Quran receive money. For those hiding the Quran, a male
member of the family will be put to death. In women-only families, women
are punished with heavy prison sentences, which repeatedly lead to the
death penalty. Thousands of people are being picked up and taken away
because they do not listen to the Western people. The Westerners carry out
random searches and through spying and camera systems, they can detect
and prosecute those, who do not obey.
People, who have digitally stored the Quran on Western-made
computers, see that the Arabic characters have been removed from their
systems, without the need for an external connection. The characters have
become illegible; characters similar to Hebrew take their place. Or should
people, in this case, talk about ‘Jewish signs’? All information about Islam
has also been removed from the internet. This causes a stir because once
again people realise that Christians have worked towards this moment for
years.
The Revelation of the Antichrist, or Dajjal (Ṣād – Ḍād)
The Christian world fiercely debates whether the Kaaba should be
demolished or not. Despite the promise to the sheikh to leave the pilgrimage
site unscathed, some groups of people are protesting violently and urging
that the Kaaba should be demolished. Day after day, the pressure increases
and people take to the streets to protest. Conflict breaks out on the streets
between supporters and opponents.
A group of senior heads of government wants the Kaaba to be
demolished. By doing this the symbolism this place exudes will finally end.
A group of religious Jews opposes the demolition of the Kaaba
because doing so will violate the temple of the Prophet Adam. However,
they want the remains of the Prophet Muhammad to be removed from the
Kaaba and stored elsewhere to restore the temple.
The group of religious Jews travels en masse to Mecca to ensure the
preservation of the Kaaba. They are protesting at the site and have set up
tent camps, as they intend to sleep around the holy place. The media
focuses on them, as do Christians. The heads of government announce that
the Kaaba will definitely not be demolished.
Above the Kaaba, an anomaly arises. The sky darkens and a voice
that seems to come from the sky makes itself heard. The voice calls on the
Christians to destroy the Kaaba. Otherwise, God’s punishment will be
violent. Protests immediately flare up and the Jews implore each other not
to bow to the culprits. They call on the voices to show themselves.
Two apparitions become visible after a moment, after which two
human-like beings seem to fall from the sky. Both hold magic wands and
float in the air. They look like spiritual people, they wear robes. The Jews
shout that one of these could be the Dajjal, the Antichrist, also called the
sorcerer or a necromancer, and the soldiers are put on alert. A Zoroastrian
imam, standing among the crowd, cries out for calm and declares
immediately that people must respect these men.
The military commander, who is present, yells to the imam that the
Kaaba cannot be demolished.
A scream echoes over the country, leaving people thinking they heard
‘Allahu Akbar’. One of the two apparitions uses the opportunity to swing
its hand and fireballs, followed by a lightning bolt, rush to the ground
towards the Kaaba. The sorcerer drops its wand, after which a man pierces
the sorcerer with a sword. The wounded sorcerer disappears into the
darkness and the other apparition, and the Zoroastrian imam disappears into
the anomaly in the air.
The soldier, who pierced the sorcerer disappears as quickly as he
appeared. A few other soldiers rapidly appear and disappear. A spiritual
cross, which is pierced by an oblique line that rises from the ground,
appears in the air before slowly fading and disappearing. Arabic letters
appear in the sky as if they are written on ‘our body’, people actually see
some kind of a hallucination. The meaning of the text or writing is
unknown. Many people unsuccessfully attempt to decipher the writings.
The language is completely different to any known language. Some people
claim to see the Arabic letter ‘ṣād’ appear and then they see a dot appear
that changes ‘ṣād’ to ‘ḍād’. The letter ‘ṣād’ is pierced by an oblique line
that rises from the ground.
After this event, the air cracks and people all over the world hear loud
banging. They can see lines and symbols in the sky. Lightning bolts hit the
ground in broad daylight; thunder is heard in clear skies. Some lightning
bolts discharge upwards. Each discharge is accompanied by thunder.
The Arabic letter ‘
ṣ
ād’ is almost similar to the Arabic letter ‘sin’, the
difference is that the letter ‘
ṣ
ād’ is formed by transmitting and receiving the
letter ‘sin’. The technical difference is that the echo of ‘
ṣ
ād’ distorted the
signal. During the transmission of the signal, it received its own elliptical
signal from an opposing position, causing the echo. In other words, the
echo was caused by ‘sin – a’, combined with a linear signal, which was
being backscattered and received, then sent forward again to create a
‘
ṣ
ād’.
The ‘sin - a’ is the downside of the Iron Cross (rail system), based on
the left side of the body, it connects the right side to the left side. To close
the circuit and create an infinite circuit, the swastika is created. Now, the
signal is transmitted, received and transmitted back and so on. The
downside of the swastika is the creation of a ‘
ṣ
ād - a'. Not to forget: both
represent signalling techniques. The Arabic letter ‘dad’ is formed by
placing a dot near the letter ‘sad’. The dot represents a plus - sign, also
known from the flag of Switzerland.
The people on the ground watch the scene unfold and gossip among
themselves that the Muslim fighters have not yet been defeated!
Blood has been shed around the Kaaba. Many Jewish protesters and
soldiers have died and many others have been injured, at the hands of the
Dajjal. The sorcerer’s fireballs and a lightning bolt have hit the Kaaba,
almost instantly partly destroying the building. The holy relics of Adam
have been damaged, the relics of the Prophet Muhammad had previously
been removed and stored elsewhere. The blast produced by the fireballs and
the lightning bolt was so violent that it incapacitated some of the armoured
vehicles around the Kaaba.
Western countries are mostly silent about the phenomenon, still, some
discussions about the event occur. Some brave people ask friends on social
media what they think of the war and whether the Christians have made the
right decisions. Eventually, the Dajjal/Antichrist appeared to destroy the
Kaaba, which seems like a sign that Western countries have taken the
wrong position against Islam. The protesting people are arrested and
brought before the courts. It is a warning for many; it is an indication of the
start of a new reign of terror!
Big Brother
Among Christians, there is euphoria and a great need to get used to a
novel way of thinking. It seems as if the brain works differently than before.
Some psychotic people report no longer being psychotic. Christian
preachers call on God and say that this results from the victory against the
Muslims, who have been sent to hell, where they are also not welcome.
In the countries that had been conquered, all people have to follow the
rules. To ensure that they do, all Christians, who were formerly Muslim, are
provided with specially developed nanochips, which are connected to a
satellite-based location system, such as GPS, GLONASS or Galileo and a
supercomputer, which allows these people to be tracked anywhere.
Scientists claim the nanochips are harmless, however, many people
do not believe this and think those in control can achieve a lot with the chip.
On social media, it is leaked that a supervisor can communicate with the
chip and follow people’s conversations and thoughts, which can also be
displayed on a monitor. From this supercomputer, the data can be sent
anywhere to other slave computers, including to mobile phones. The real
Android people have already emerged: Android ‘kafirs’ and ‘mumins'.
Hacker groups try to create computer viruses for ‘body-hacking' purposes...
Psychotic people, the elderly and criminals are also provided with
such a chip. If successful, more groups will be eligible, which will ensure
that suspects and dangerous people will be kept in check.
The start of a new reign of terror...
The Jewish Issue
Great Israel has been settled through a coalition with the Kurds, who
are mostly Zoroastrian. Soon after the recognition of this state, among the
Jews, protests have arisen, because many Zoroastrian habits are contrary to
the Torah. Many politicians speak about the fact that especially the Kurds
live like Muslims and that the culture is inferior to that of the Jews.
As the protests among the Jews continue, a well thought out counter-
reaction among the Zoroastrians systematically emerges. Protests flare in
several cities with a Zoroastrian majority. In response, the Jews send army
units to these areas, this action results in violent riots. The Jews are so
frightened by the riots that they force the Zoroastrian leaders to calm the
people.
Initially, plans are being made and these are being discussed among
politicians to provide the Zoroastrian rioters with a nanochip, that will link
them to a supercomputer, called the Enigma and to try to control this
population. The Zoroastrian leaders agreed to a proposal on the first day.
The next day, fighting breaks out in the cities with majority
populations of Kurds, Syrians and Arabs. Jewish army units are under
attack by rebels, who claim independence and they carry the message that
the Jews have missed their chance for a peaceful life. The events follow one
other and it is noticeable how organised this revolution is.
Two pyramids, one black and one white appear above Jerusalem.
Perhaps they did possess a secret... The Zoroastrians enter the portals en
masse to confront the Jews. The Jews face a specially decorated dimension,
which has been carefully prepared. The Zoroastrians have been waiting for
this moment for centuries...
The unprecedented dimension includes seven floors. For each portal,
seven floors are created and each floor is occupied by a group of seven
people. It is a strange experience because seven people can move through a
light tunnel at the same time and can be present somewhere at the same
time, while the Jewish soldiers must move on one by one and always face
superior numbers in the portal systems.
The Jews ask for help. Time is against them. The cities are quickly
overrun by Zoroastrian soldiers. Among the Jewish soldiers are many
casualties and it seems that the portal systems are under the control of their
enemies. What the Muslims experienced, the Jews are now experiencing.
Fierce battles take place in the portal systems and the dimensions. The
technique is so complicated that the Zoroastrians can exploit the advantage.
After a few days, a ground offensive is launched from Egypt towards
former Israel, targeting Jerusalem. This causes a stir among the Jews, who
immediately make plans to use atomic bombs.
The army leadership tells the heads of government that the atomic
bombs are not yet ready and cannot be deployed. Nuclear submarines have
also disappeared from the radar. Zoroastrian soldiers have stepped out of
the portals and attacked the Jewish army posts. They can prevent the
launchers from being used.
Former Israel is in turmoil, as enemy soldiers appear in the streets.
Street fights take place, while many Jewish army units are based in outlying
areas. In the major Jewish cities, civilians must be armed to fight. Men and
women are armed to take on the new enemy. Many areas are already under
the control of Zoroastrians. The capital Jerusalem, the economic centre, is
about to fall.
A warning goes out to all world leaders not to interfere in the war.
Otherwise, atomic bombs will be deployed from Pakistan, which has
converted to Zoroastrianism. Clever and tactical moves by the Zoroastrians,
concurrent events that follow each other.
Within a week, Jerusalem and Haifa are about to fall, and the Jews
have lost their country. Women are raped, men are beheaded and crucified.
Just as the Muslims have suffered, so the Jews suffer under the new
civilisation that arises.
Within a few weeks, control of a large area falls into the hands of the
Zoroastrians. The empire stretches from Pakistan and Afghanistan to
Istanbul. Its power covers North Africa, where it extends as far as the
border of Spain. The Zoroastrians are allied with the Hindus and the Great
Armenian Empire. They already pose a threat to the world and rely on their
‘magical perfection’.
Breather
After a few weeks, after the formation of the large Zoroastrian
empire, again under the name Great Israel, anger reigns in the world. The
Zoroastrians travel on and off and argue that war is unnecessary from now
on and that peace will be maintained. The Christians wonder if a new
crusade is needed and call on their human and military resources. Large
groups of people are being trained to fight in the new portal systems; the
soldiers of the former army, which succeeded against the Muslims, are
being put on standby again.
The government leaders are discussing the situation among
themselves and the Jewish lobby is seeking revenge against the
Zoroastrians, declaring that they have been the victims of a diabolical plot...
The government leaders receive an emergency message that all
pyramids have landed and have been put on hold. ‘Muslims!’ People
argue...
Scientists develop a theory and change their predictions. Most agree
that the Muslim fighters are probably still alive and that they are behind the
murder of the person they assume is the Dajjal/Antichrist. After all,
someone, who produces fireballs and lightning bolts and makes the sky
dark, could only be a devil.
They wonder whether the Islamists pose a threat. Experts declare that
the portals on Earth are permanently closed and that only a strange world
might still exist, a world between heaven and Earth, where the devil’s
companions have been hiding for centuries. They explain that the demonic
slaves seem to have been defeated, as peace has returned to the minds of the
people.
The scientists wonder to what extent the Muslims have retaken the
dimensions, previously held by the evil culprits. Perhaps they have taken
control of a part of a planetary system. It is hard to explain, the scientists
report that the evil culprits have divided space into planetary systems, with
military bases, from where expeditions are carried out. The Muslims are
likely to have raided one of the bases, after which they have put the portal
systems above Earth on hold. The question that keeps returning, is whether
they pose a threat to Western countries.
That night, stripes/lines are seen and thunder is heard in the sky.
Many people are taken to hospital, because they have become psychotic
from the phenomena, according to psychiatrists. All the psychotic people
are acting weird and are reporting that experiencing ‘spirituality’ is different
than before. Some become afraid and feel abandoned because they no
longer hear voices. No matter how hard they try, they can no longer reach
the voices. Many have to get used to the new situation and are placed under
strict control. Others are overjoyed and grateful, they are redeemed of the
voices and psychosis. They finally experience peace.
The End of the World as We Know (2)
The military leaders receive information that a new danger is
approaching. In space, larger vessels, accompanied by smaller spaceships
are moving towards Earth. There are hordes of them. The scientists
highlight the danger and claim that all countries have to mobilise.
Television stations broadcast images of the objects on their way towards
Earth.
Attempts are made to communicate with them, these remain
unsuccessful. From unofficial sources comes the news that people have
gone too far by disabling the portal system and that this system had to be
respected. Those in control are unhappy with the actions of the Muslim
army and have decided to make people suffer.
Among the Zoroastrians, disbelief arises in the situation. They have
finally been given a great empire for themselves; now, there is a chance that
humanity will be destroyed by a common enemy. They feel their triumph is
too short-lived.
Because many countries have put their energy into fighting their
enemies, they are weakened and do not possess enough equipment to
confront the enemy. Above all, there is a need for fighter aircraft for the
defence of space and airspace. Some countries are not ready for war.
Because of the loss of the portals, some nations have lost their most
important weapon. They accuse the Muslims of treason and try to contact
the enemy. They are trying to convince the enemy that a common enemy is
causing this conflict.
Using X-ray equipment, space is scanned; it turns out that the larger
spaceships are commanded by creatures with a tail, which are elongated and
possess a triangular shape at the end.
A devil-like creature appears between heaven and Earth and
announces the end of the world. It is certainly not the angel Israfil. The
devil gives a specific signal to its people, that the end of the world is
approaching. This signal is similar to the descriptions from some preachers,
to the one given by Israfil, according to Islamic texts. It involves blowing
an instrument, audible all over the world. Blowing creates a frequency, that
causes people, who committed their lives to the devil, to drop dead
instantly! There is talk of cloning, they are simply eliminated. They are now
‘offline’!
The spaceships of the devil’s companions take off their camouflage
shields, making them visible. Now the situation is getting more serious...
The invasion begins! The danger is greater than ever before! Most
dangerous are the transport ships, which transport the companions.
People are surprised. In all countries, the sirens wail. Radio and
television hosts report that the situation is becoming dangerous and people
should stay at home. After this event, all lines of communication are
blocked.
Many countries that do not have a good army are struggling. There is
a massive attempt to get people on their feet and arm them. This must be
done quickly, the companions need little time to land.
Just before the invasion begins, the companions had set up their
aeroplanes to attack the airfields and fighter jets of Earth’s defence force.
Although Earth’s leaders know the war fleet is approaching, there is an
element of surprise because the companions’ aeroplanes remain well-
camouflaged thanks to stealth technology.
Airports are being targeted. Fighter jets that manage to take off,
achieve some successes. Although, they are outnumbered by a large number
of aeroplanes of the companions. In no time, the air defences are down.
The landing is progressing well in many places, except in Russia,
China and America, where the companions are shot at with anti-aircraft
missiles and anti-aircraft lasers. Although the anti-aircraft missiles have
little effect because the aeroplanes possess lasers, which can repel these
missiles, small successes are achieved.
Once they have landed, the companions spread panic. The people are
especially afraid of the many strange creatures, who fight for evil. Some are
monstrous mutants assisted by human companions. There are also jinns
among them. Creatures that are half-human and half-animal emerge from
the dropships. All are armed with swords and laser weapons.
Before people can do anything, the companions begin the humiliation.
Their mission is clear and the devil is ruthless in its pursuit. The order
reads: ‘Exterminate all people!’
All over the world, people scream in panic. Weapons are handed out
where possible and firefights take place in all cities. Police officers and
army units are shooting in the streets. Yet they are struggling because of a
lack of ammunition and are outgunned by the companions’ heavy laser guns
and rocket weapons.
In some places in the world, people use tanks and armoured weapons.
Despite that, this has little effect, because the companions quickly take
them out from the air and the ground, with modern missile weapons.
At sea, naval vessels are bombarded from the air by large spaceships.
The naval vessels are no match for these ‘flying battleships’. Submarines
are also deployed, these are successfully bombarded with special missiles
and torpedoes. Many ships remain ashore and become the spoils of war,
likely to end up in the museums of an enemy civilisation or simply left to
rust. Large numbers of military weapons are left behind, most of them in
military barracks. The companions shoot at large buildings and barracks
with plasma weapons, damaging them.
Yet there is fierce fighting in many countries, especially in America,
where gun laws are flexible and people have access to many weapons and a
lot of ammunition. In some cities, the military forces are successful. The
devil decides to spare its troops and withdraws from these areas. This gives
humanity hope, though it turns out to be in vain. These cities are razed to
the ground by the battlecruisers, in such a way that no structure or living
thing remains. Entire cities are wiped out.
Humanity is trying unsuccessfully to deploy nuclear weapons. These
are mostly brought down by the battlecruisers before they can take off.
While some nuclear bomb blasts are taking place and some damage is done,
it makes no significant impact. The larger battlecruisers suffer minimal
losses. Their shields keep their hulls intact and they quickly manoeuvre out
of the danger zone.
During the invasion, star-shaped structures appear all over the sky.
The sky also reveals a path, on which an army is marching. Many soldiers
march along this path, which suddenly breaks and they seem to fall off the
path and burn up in the atmosphere.
Events occur, which make people think that the Muslim warriors are
also struggling. Several people report ‘shady demonic soldiers’ appearing
behind them and they see soldiers, who chase them, armed with swords,
spears and axes. For these people, the experience is terrible because they
end up in the middle of a fight.
Strange soldiers, who look like skeletons wearing masks, seem to
make fighting exceedingly difficult for the Muslim warriors. They attack
them while hiding behind an innocent citizen. Each skeletal soldier has
unique tones and musical sounds and each moves with a real sound, which
has a psychological impact during the battles. The sounds rise and fall as
the distances grow and shrink, and sometimes soldiers are tricked into
pursuing these sounds. As soon as a soldier tries to reach the sound, it
jumps from human to human and hides behind people, sometimes behind
children.
This is especially common in the Middle East. The demonic soldiers
are targeting soldiers’ families, hiding behind their wives and children,
making it more difficult for the men to wage war. The demonic soldiers
jump from ‘terra’ to ‘terra’ and hide behind people and attack the Muslim
soldiers. The soldiers do not always see reality and sometimes stare blindly
at a hologram. The evil beings cast masks over innocent people, after which
the soldiers attack them.
In some cases, soldiers accidentally kill their own children, cousins
and other loved ones. They are used as human shields. The demonic
soldiers move backwards and around people, and use a strange technique to
subdue the enemy. A magnetic barrier prevents the soldiers from directly
confronting the demonic soldiers.
This magnetic barrier is created by devil-made constellations, which
not all are aware of. Perceivable for victims as black dots in front of their
eyes...
Several thousand women and children disappear from Muslim
countries, likely picked up by a higher power and sent elsewhere to live.
People gossip that they are being kidnapped by the remaining Muslim
fighters, though no one can care about them in this situation.
The Planet of the Apes
After a few days, nothing is left of human civilisation. It has been
wiped out in so little time. Those, who are left, are being transported to
another planet, to a secret place to any civilisation. They will be kept there
until their death, used for various purposes, often for labour. They are often
rendered infertile and cannot reproduce.
On Earth, the animals are appalled. Their lives have also been
destroyed. All animals, even insects, know that something strange has
happened, something that has changed everything.
The monkeys and many other animals, that had been abused in
hospitals, are released by the companions. Millions of monkeys roam the
streets. In the Netherlands, there are seven hundred thousand monkeys, all
of which go out in search of food. Many will last a long time and many
others will die of starvation.
The monkeys enter empty houses in search of human and animal
remains. They raid kitchens and search cupboards and refrigerators. In
many countries, the environment is unsuitable for their survival. They need
fruit and crops that are not available everywhere. What is consumed does
not always come back without intervention.
The Creation of Humanity
During the attack on humanity, the culprits have set up teams with a
special mission: taking healthy babies and toddlers, boys and girls, of each
race. These teams picked them up, while their older relatives were being
massacred...
The children, they had kidnapped, are now grown up. They are not
educated. They can barely talk and are raised as conscienceless people.
They are shy and barely manage to survive. They are taught basic skills,
such as cooking, hunting and making fire.
They live on planet Earth, a beautiful planet with a beautiful
landscape: mountains, oceans, wild animals, both dangerous and harmless.
Earth is populated by species, humanity knew before, extinct breeds and
strange beasts. They live on ‘Earth’! A new era has begun. It is the start of a
new civilisation!
Their great ancestor is Adam and their mother Eve. These two have
eaten from the forbidden fruits and therefore they were created. Adam and
Eve lived happily for hundreds of years.
These children are Chinese, Arabic, Jewish, Turkish, African, Indian,
Caucasian and so on. They live in tent camps and survive through crop and
livestock farming, and hunting.
Gradually, these children will become successful. It will take several
to hundreds or thousands of years, depending on whether they make the
same mistakes as the previous civilisations and on what ideas they integrate
into their society. The children will meet in the future. However, they first
have to discover the alphabet to communicate.
The children trade with each other. Later, they learn that some prices
of objects are fixed and that those resources could be used for better trade.
The children suffer from diseases such as cancer, typhoid, rubella and
many other diseases. Shamans are trained, who recognise that certain crops
and fruits have healing effects.
The children explore the seas in search of fish and after a while, they
search for new civilisations.
The children are often too primitive to share. Tribal wars arise, soon
they realise that cooperation is better and that it is better not to go to war.
Until a common enemy emerges, people of a slightly different shape and
colour. Primitive people first want to provoke each other to get to know
each other better. Until someone gets up and engages in a conversation.
Diplomacy is invented; friendships and new hostilities arise.
The children want protection. They make weapons, sticks and arrows
out of wood; later they look for stone and then learn to work iron and
bronze.
The children are waging wars against each other. Some want to kill
the other, although eventually, the wars end. And war brings innovation.
They learn from the enemy and improve their technology.
They teach their children about events and write them down, first on
stones and wood. Later, paper is invented.
Heroes arise. They are revered by people, some call them gods. The
children become religious.
Some think that the sun or all stars are the gods. Then religious
people encounter magic and witchcraft. They believe in miracles, which
they can conjure in their goodness. Besides culprits, people, who want to
help other people also exist.
The children create cities and eventually build larger structures.
Buildings with historical and religious value. Buildings of cultural value
and buildings designed to show prestige, to motivate the people.
Kings rise to lead their people. Their descendants will benefit more
than the rest, or will they not? There is a risk that their offspring will not
survive!
Eventually, these children invent tools and machines that allow them
to increase production. First a windmill and later a water mill, or maybe the
other way around.
They learn to ride animals and use them for agriculture, they quickly
realise they can use these animals to win wars.
After the Middle Ages, people can think bigger, of more prosperity
through the innovation of existing machines and tools. The Industrial
Revolution starts and humanity rapidly becomes a modern civilisation with
a modern code of law, schools, hospitals and police.
With modern vehicles and aeroplanes, a beautiful civilisation will
flourish. This civilisation will be different from other civilisations. Though,
still the same as all the others. It is about the details.
The question is whether the children will wake up, how they will do
so and how quickly. Will the children believe what they are told, or will
they scientifically unravel all the secrets and mysteries? Will they practise
the evil customs, or will they be able to leave them behind?
Perhaps, they want to tackle the three demonic slaves, Satan has
appointed. Or will they also be confronted in the future by human devils,
who are kept alive from the new ramifications of the Saint Root? Will they
find out, who is behind their dilemma? Then, if the problem gets worse,
will they see a way out?
Their chances are diminished. They must respect the New World
Order, solve the problems and then regain freedom. Meanwhile, the
companions have progressed hundreds or thousands of years, depending on
the success of humanity. They possess a great advantage.
The likelihood is reduced... Yet, never forget that at the right moment,
the right strategic decision can lead to hope and unity. That is sometimes
the most important.
It must be realised that this is the ultimate doomsday scenario for
humanity. Humanity does not have to experience this scenario.
Contemporary facts have been considered and possible future events have
been raised and are written about. Sometimes, it is for people to choose
between one and the other. For the survival of humanity, sometimes
humans, organisations and even countries are sacrificed.
A New World Order brings additional problems. Problems that
already exist, which are no longer overlooked by modern contributions. Old
enemies become new friends or vice versa. The danger arises that humanity
is heading for a total change in thinking, a cultural shift.
People led by people, to make a sacrifice to improve humanity, must
realise that in a world, where culprits have a better life, the chances of
humanity developing and striving for expansion, to spread across the
Universe and fight for this ‘just cause’, will eventually encounter their alter
ego...
Reset
The Pyramids and Triangles: Book 3
Forbidden Love for Peace
The Attack on the Artificial Moon
Around Earth, an artificial moon is turning. It was captured by the
elite soldiers in an earlier confrontation, in which special forces of the
alliance followed the ‘footsteps’ of the devil. They followed the devil’s path
to reach the artificial moon. In space, they followed a special route, in the
shape of a star and an infinite circuit, to gain access to the rooms of the
artificial moon.
After the invasion of Earth, the Christian nations have stationed a
platoon of soldiers on the artificial moon. On Earth, no nation or civilisation
existed anymore.
Some of the remaining Christian soldiers call themselves heroes.
Many converted to Islam after the war, dropping Paganism, interpreting the
religion in their way because of the circumstances, which is always possible
within the flexible Islam.
They have become convinced that the broad view of Islam could
make them happier since their ancient practice of “magic” has made
humankind fail. Despite their centuries-old achievements, they could not
compete against the Antichrist’s/sorcerer’s/Dajjal’s army, and they realised
that they would stare themselves blind at a hostility against Islam.
In the past, a covenant was made with the Antichrist. His technology
could not be used optimally, after which dependence increased. Then, a
problem arose, which eventually resulted in a massacre among humanity.
The Christian soldiers have experienced a supreme power’s slaughter
of the people of Earth. They also know one thing better than the Muslims:
they have knowledge about the pyramid from the Second World War, which
by now they have fully deciphered. The knowledge, access to the database,
is in the hands of these elite soldiers, who, now or never, have the choice to
transfer this knowledge to the Muslim warriors in the dimensions.
They also know something the others do not know: the small
pyramid-shaped artefact took off, perhaps because of the birth of a child,
with the birth sign ‘Ahmed'. It suddenly vanished. Despite being locked
away, the pyramid entered a portal and entered space.
The soldiers on the artificial moon are determined and are prepared
for the attack of the sorcerer’s army. In the meantime, they decide whether
to send the data or do not, to the Islamic warriors, with whom they have
established contact using the master system.
A complicated, encrypted network of slave and master systems has
always existed. For example, as a master computer network, the artificial
moon is connected to the network system of the Islamic warriors. Many
computer systems are linked to each other, using a secret master-slave
principle, in which the slave and master are usually on different planets or
in different dimensions.
Access to the artificial moon is gained by raising a structure in the air.
The suggestion is to think about contemporary ways of thinking, such as
that of the Rising Sun, where a structure is hoisted, probably by using the
swastika technology as a foundation.
There is no time left to think furthermore. The time has come. The
attack commences... A large number of companions attack the artificial
moon. The Earth's soldiers are outnumbered.
The leaders of the enemy army know the only way to enter the control
room, is to follow a specific route to reach it. Along the route, soldiers with
machine guns and heavy weapons are ready to welcome them. Although
there is a greater chance that they will lose, Earth’s soldiers are not
discouraged and stand bravely in position, waiting for the arrival of the
companions.
The Matrix Key
The signal is scrambled, though it has occasionally been received
clearly. It seems that a third party is tinkering with the computer network.
The call is dramatic and brief. Success is desired, and data is sent.
The Islamic people take the risk and accept the data transfer, not knowing
that if rejected, all the data could still be uploaded.
The principle of the master-slave connection has been explained to
the Islamic soldiers. They are advised to look for a computer system called
‘the Enigma’.
The darkest times have arrived, in their experience. Humanity has an
opportunity to obtain and control a master system, operating independently
from other master computer networks. The key to the Enigma is hidden
behind the dark side of evil, which lights the darkness and produces thunder
in clear skies.
Somewhere between good and evil, a system that can go both ways,
in good hands, will offer a new opportunity for a better future. Without it,
there will be no today!
Meanwhile, it is raining bullets. The defence force even possesses the
Phalanx defence system and grenade launchers that rend the air, mowing
down the swarm of flying companions.
The companions are under fire, flying in a star-shaped formation
along a specific route towards the control room. The companions execute
beautiful manoeuvres, also beautiful is how they sometimes end. Among
the attackers are not only human companions. All kinds of creatures are
present, which makes the battlefield more varied.
The first attack appears to be a reconnaissance mission. Moments
later, the pioneers retreat. Others emerge, firing missiles at the base with
exact precision.
The defenders’ commander decides to perform the last service for
humanity. The commander had a pacemaker implanted that will trigger a
bomb when his blood pressure falls to terminal levels. He can also detonate
the bomb manually. He and a few others wait patiently in the control room
for the enemy’s entry. At an opportune time, he will try to blow up the
control room with a special nuclear bomb, one the size of a briefcase.
The soldiers are outnumbered and succumb to the second attack,
which appears to have been launched by the companions’ special forces.
Nevertheless, the companions suffer great losses too.
Although, when the first companions enter the control room through
the portal, a firefight begins.
Given the substantial damage to the Air Force and the many losses,
chances are that the companions have not counted on a final parting gift
from the command... Many reinforcements move in.
Suddenly, a gigantic explosion occurs and a large cloud covers the
artificial moon, which remains mainly intact despite the force of the
explosion. The slave system has finally been sabotaged. The artificial moon
loses its camouflage and turns around towards Earth’s axis on a collision
course! Earth has counted two moons from this day on.
Two Worlds: Life on Earth–Earth
Terror reigns on Earth, yet people have a peaceful life, achieved
through discipline. The sorcerers in control prefer poorly educated and
well-trained people with primitive weaponry in hand-to-hand battles.
Women bear children, and men provide the necessary manpower in
conflicts.
Three leaders arise among the primitives. They lead their followers
and are their kings. One of them, one of the sorcerers, is the ruler. In each
century and scenario, the sorcerers re-enter events, each time in a different
disguise. In this age, the companions, as they have come to be called, are
the offspring of Adam and Eve, and they serve the sorcerers. The ruler can
be called the Antichrist, he is called a sorcerer in this era.
Because the leaders want the human population to grow rapidly, they
free many men from wars and allow them to blend in among the races.
Among the many tribes and nationalities, a balance is created by the
people’s faith in God, because this allows the leaders to regulate them
better.
The various ethnic tribes live in peace. Conflicts are controlled by the
ruler and are fought under his dominance.
The leader of the people scattered these people around Earth, in such
a way that an image distortion arises, creating a reality distinct from the one
that used to exist.
He tries to confuse the Muslim soldiers and other enemies by
changing the names of all the races. People, who were previously called
Chinese are called Turks, Italians are called Spaniards, Africans are white
and white people are called Africans. The many mixed-race people also
confuse.
According to some scriptures, each race possesses an Adam and Eve,
who are the ancestors of the tribes and nationalities. Each ancestral couple
is being revered according to a unique tradition. The culture remains the
same; the method is simply the sacrifice of soldiers in the creator’s name.
At first, the soldiers are slaughtered ritually. Later, people discover better
rituals, that are fairer and more entertaining for holding tournaments, in
which soldiers can prove themselves and are given a fair chance to continue
life.
Every man has to serve his people and has to prepare to face ‘the evil
army’, that will appear in the future, the army consisting of men, who call
themselves Muslim and who will announce the coming of Islam.
Men and women are constantly being mentored and motivated by
those, who are now in the dimensions. The roles in this world are reversed.
The Muslims try to connect and create a bond with the people through
spirituality. This makes the leaders of the people, the sorcerers, take
advantage of the situation, betting on disease and exorcism.
The Muslims try, with all their might, to steer their offspring on the
right path, to influence them in their language and culture. In the meantime,
they do exercises to ensure that they can overpower the growing population
of the sorcerers’ followers in a combat situation. They are advantaged by
their higher intelligence and advanced culture.
This advantage is compounded by surprise. In this reality, the roles
are reversed in such a way, that the Muslims possess the many light tunnel
networks and portals on Earth. That they control the planetary magical
system around Earth, could have a significant impact on an upcoming war.
When the earthlings see the portals to Earth open, they could attack,
encouraged by the ruler. Though in this era, electronic warfare keeps both
parties busy.
Meanwhile, as preparations continue on Earth, an army of invaders is
being prepared elsewhere in an adjacent galaxy.
The Muslims do not yet know how to deal with the new technology
they have encountered. Eventually, they would be able to decipher the
system and then retake Earth. They cannot yet leave their dimensions,
dimensions with houses, plantations, and industries with state-of-the-art
technology. In the meantime, they are building modern aircraft to reach
space from within the dimension, using the portals, when opened. Many
machines in these dimensions stood still after the start of the Reset,
production has resumed.
School of Life, of Experience: Information is Ammunition
Innovative technologies are applied to the existing technology of the
companions. The technological knowledge captured from the companions is
linked to self-developed technology, creating a synergy of science. By
combining two approaches, a third approach, perfection, could be realised.
What the sorcerer and his companions have failed to achieve for
centuries, is to enter a hidden dimension, a tunnel or portal and chamber
system within the dimension. Whatever they did, it has not become possible
to arrive at that point of the dimension. A gate made of crystal could not be
deciphered for centuries.
The Muslims begin to tinker with this crystal portal. They use older
technology that complements the existing technology. They succeed in
building the crystal structure in such a way, that it creates continuous
luminosity and a passage. The swastika technology, which people had been
able to apply for a long time, made the difference.
In the past, when the people engaged in electronic warfare with the
sorcerer and his companions, they strangely approached the system, using
primitive technology, through the dark side, while the companions were in
control. The technicians could hack the system and thus, on the one hand,
prevent the companions from steering it optimally and, on the other hand,
take over some functions.
Now, the companions look at the monitors and see how their enemies
watch them, through the eyes of these people and vice versa, of course.
During the confrontations, the companions can read their enemies’ thoughts
and experience through the eyes of the technicians how the technicians hack
the companions’ computer systems. Strangely, the companions often laugh
about the loss of their systems, laughing at the expressions on the faces of
those primitively smart, opinionated, rigid, strong people among humanity,
the go-getters, the ‘Expendables’.
The crossing technique, using prisms and light, is realised as follows:
Forbidden Love
These days, a conflict exists, which is about to escalate: a battle for a
loved one. The somewhat primitive leaders of the people cause the conflict.
It is a conflict between the Chinese and the Turks. It is one for peace on
Earth, in which no sorcerer can intervene, or a great civil war will break
out.
It began when a primitive farmer discovered a tomb on Earth. The
tomb belongs to one of the ancient inhabitants of Earth, and it is marked
with a face that is considered evil.
A Turkish farmer made the discovery. Eventually, they figure out that
the ancient tomb must belong to someone from another race, a Chinese
person. Most have never seen or met a Chinese man.
Days later, patrols in the villages and towns realise that people have
become unsettled, and soon they know why and identify the problem. The
soldiers immediately warn the people, with the soldiers indicating that the
two peoples have never been at war and that this matter will be
investigated.
Later, during a diplomatic mission, a Turkish woman is exchanged
with a Chinese woman, and the two nations trade extra resources, gold and
other valuable objects, and commercial goods. A Turkish prince marries a
Chinese woman, and in China, the Turkish woman marries a Chinese
prince. An alliance has arisen, as simple as it could be, through human
consciousness. It is the same thing in the past and present.
A second strange discovery comes a little later... People become
curious and frantically search some areas, however from religious quarters,
claims arise that this form of entertainment or profession, the search for
strange objects or inhabitants of Earth, is heresy. Archaeology has been
forbidden; this means that researching history has been forbidden!
This only serves to intensify the primitive inhabitants’ search for
strange objects and attempts to follow the clues. One day, a farmer sends a
message that he pursued a strange shape to a strange place in the
countryside and that he started digging in that place after the shape
disappeared.
As he and his friend go back to the digging site, they suddenly hear a
loud bang. An intense flash of light follows. They flee, and moments later
they return.
The light has been extinguished. They dig deeper and come across a
tunnel that leads to a passageway. A deep chasm in the ground becomes
visible. It is as if the structure of the natural topography has been affected,
revealing stairs that appear to lead to floors deeper down.
In front of them, a spherical light with a blue tint emerges. While
staring at it, they hear a loud creaking coming out of the light bulb, which
prompts them to flee again.
The spherical light disappears into the depths, and several flashes of
light follow each other, right down to the depths. A portal becomes visible
around the area, they have excavated. The area around the portal is bathed
in a twilight glow, and at the ends of the portal, they can see flames.
The two diggers throw stones in the chasm and the stones disappear.
Several flashes appear in the depths. Moments later, ‘Allahu Akbar’ sounds
through the tunnel. The farmer and his friends decide to leave the area and
return to the village to tell their story.
The next day, they stand with many others at the place, where the
phenomenon occurred. Some of them claim to see something, others do not.
In reality, there is nothing left to see. However, because they are blindsided
by the view, they can display a realistic picture of the event. While the
farmer and his friend are innocent, people suspect them of satanism and
conspiracy with Islamic forces.
The people are ordered to build a temple around the excavation site.
The people think to know what happened and guess that the farmer and his
friends met devils, which led to their experience.
Days later, the diggers die of disease, it is assumed. The leadership
organises a small ceremony for them, at the end the people take the lead,
holding a large memorial service for the men.
At the service, the leadership addresses the people and tells them that
the diggers had been influenced and possessed by the Muslims, who then
poisoned the men with their diabolical evil. They tell the people that the
Muslims are sorcerers and devils and can entrench themselves among the
people in the future.
All over Earth, the uproar spreads. The story of the farmer and his
friends and their heroics is retold and exaggerated.
The Muslims try to convey the message through internal methods of
communication, which could be construed as ‘voices in the head', that the
people do not have to fear them, and that the incident occurred because of
the leadership. That the leadership will lead them into a holy war, that they
want to push the people into war, and that they want to use all these events
for their own plans.
In the Meantime...
The ruler is looking forward to waging a war against the enemy. His
smile is constant. He has done his utmost, though he is still worried, which
shows in his posture. He seems unsure, yet his smile says something about
him as if something funny is going on, that others do not notice.
The ruler has built up several complexes in various parts of the world,
where he can quietly engage in secret activities. The fortified walls are
older than him and were set up by a previous civilisation, as a line of
defence against wars, waged using portals.
His army includes golem soldiers with distinct physical
characteristics. Their faces are forever covered with a spiritual mask. They
are shaped with perfection in mind, unnaturally. They are clones, mutants
and fighting machines.
The golem soldiers are hooked to the Root through the Saint Root.
They have managed to hook to the Root and then use this spiritual cycle of
life for their own purposes, creating devils and slaves, who can achieve a
virtually infinite life. Leap years indicate their ages: think of 333 - 666, and
999, with 333 = 495 years and 999 = 3,267 years to live for two species.
The ruler and his two companions live 3,267 years, and the soldiers could
become 495 years old. This means that these soldiers could only live
between great leap years. Their death and rebirth, in a different guise, take
place in these years.
Hooking to the Root, the cycle of life, or the source of life, is done by
creating infinite circuits, circulating them around Earth’s orbit and the orbit
of the Root of Life, and then hooking to a living being deprived of its source
of life. These are structures visible as stars, that are being lifted towards the
sky, using an ultrasonic frequency.
The power of the structures, which are used in a certain combination,
determines the power of the life source of creation. These star-shaped
structures are calibrated and knotted together using a knotting machine,
which allows the structures to move around a particular orbit relative to
each other, Earth, and the surrounding galaxy.
The structures, formed from infinite circuits, move around each other
in such a way that the source of life of the clones can be read. So-called
‘constellations’ are created.
In the Islamic world, naturally formed constellations are also called
‘nūr’. This represents a natural and unique constellation, that protects a
living person. Well, Muslims believe in constellations which are formed
naturally from Arabic like letters.
This coding of the source of life is necessary to create a strong and
healthy source of life. When born naturally, people all possess an original
constellation, through which their lives constantly interact with nature. This
energy is formed by the left and right sides of the body, by a fusion process.
Two angels watch over these two halves, over this constellation. As a result,
every person also possesses a unique power. This is a natural energy, and it
cannot be used for healing. By blowing, CO2 particles are repelled in an
airflow.
Examples of constellations include ‘Ahmed’ and ‘amen’.
Hooking
To move in space requires a technique, which makes use of hooking.
After connecting, people can attach themselves by receiving and
transmitting the signal back and can raise themselves upwards. This allows
people to fly like birds, however, as always, people or groups continue to
exist, who do not mind anything or do not deal with such things and have
no idea of how and what.
So, the normal citizens have been living under the leadership of the
ruler and have had a normal life. This will soon change. They will be taught
to walk around in the light tunnels and face off against their enemy in a war
for they have been psychologically prepared for years.
The Muslims and Christians use a different method of hooking, even
though the ruler uses both methods for his purposes. To reinforce his
slavery, he uses the technique the Muslims also use, although only for his
elite soldiers. He uses a slightly different method for his slaves. The ruler
calls this technique: creating a chakra. The chakra, which is in the shape of
a swastika, is sacred for every person. It is used to connect people to the
system. This method resembles a biological method of hooking to the snags
of the Saint Root.
To use this technique without a chakra, the Muslim soldiers are all
equipped with spacesuits, making it seem as if they possess superpowers.
With the help of the spacesuit, they can create strange types of energy and
forces and use them against their opponents. In combination with shouting
commands, these soldiers are lethal weapons in their own right.
The soldiers of the opposing groups, each wear a belt that holds in
place, in the small of their backs, a transmitter, or an antenna, with which
they directly communicate with their commanders during deployment. The
same signal is received and sent back. The concept is quite difficult to
master, although once mastered, it becomes a lot easier.
How the ruler abuses this technique is the question. A system of
dependency and slavery is created for his subjects. He might hook everyone
to the system by infecting people with a strange implant or a plant of fire, or
by marking them electronically, perhaps using a nanochip.
A plant of fire is a parasitic, biologically mutated flower, which
covers the body, comparable to cancer. In it, shapes can be formed and
knots can be laid, which hook to the body and with which the body can be
affected. Sometimes, the plant flourishes, after which the ruler can stop his
victim at the touch of a button and read the victim’s bodily functions if a
nanochip has been implanted. Using this technique, it is even possible to
see from the corners of the victim’s eyes and transmit manual commands
through gestures.
What becomes possible for practical use, is that in the external
transmitters, at least two signals must flow into each other, creating N/S
polarity. This transmits a signal of, for example, 2.4 gigahertz, and a
semiconductor logs in at a frequency of 5 hertz by creating S/N polarity.
Because the polarity is positive or negative, it flows, +/- is created and
people can be moved by hooking them to the signal and pushing them using
the signal.
Provided the ultrasonic frequency of 2.45 gigahertz is maintained, a
human can hook and move through the air. By creating a network of
multiple Bluetooth transmitters, for example, a human can easily orbit
through the air.
It works like a transistor, combining two frequencies. By combining
two frequencies, polarity is created, because noise/sound is created.
Because sound is created, the only thing the culprits have to do, is to create
another sound, which creates N/S + N/S = +/-. This +/- sound is audible for
the brain, between 20hz and 20000hz. So in theory, they just need two
transistors, with which they should be able to give an audible tone.
In the end, the ruler and his companions have been able to form or
capture it from an ancient civilisation, a foundation on all planets that they
possess, to create a great rail system over space. It takes a lot of computer
work to calculate how Earth and other planets orbit.
Also important is the way this happens. Ultimately, these remain
signals, which can light up photons, but that is undesirable in projects that
rely on stealth. Therefore, the use of the right pi unit is important for a
stealthy system. Earth is round, and in the North and South, biology differs
vastly in terms of pressure, climate, and so forth. From the North to the
South, to achieve perfect stealth, 288 phis must be layered across Earth. In
this system, a circle is a whopping 288 degrees; 72 minus 360 degrees
yields this number too.
Chances are, there is something behind it, which no one can quite
understand. Why has humanity chosen 360 degrees in full? Seventy-two
prisms are used to set up a swastika. The last two fall into a void and rise
upwards or create a pressure upwards that creates ascent. The five star is
based on 360 degrees, that is obvious: it is 360/5 = 72 degrees.
Perhaps the swastika is the foundation of another system, that of the
Rising Sun, which raises ‘the sun’ and extends all over the world. Or they
are both competitors because the Iron Cross also extends all over the world.
However, this system seems different. The difference in nuance between the
Champions and the Losers, in a world, in which they meet...
The Enigma of Truth
The Muslim soldiers, who live in the dimensions, are nearly ready to
open the portal to the Enigma. They possess knowledge about the swastika
now, yet they have never been able to stack the mirrors in this manner. They
have never experienced the resulting structure, the infinite circuit, which
would then be lifted into the air. True Islamic countries did not engage in
such practices, these people never practised the so-called spiritual
crucifixion, though some do possess a certain affinity with slave systems.
A beam of light shines on the mirrors, creating a beautiful spectacle.
Then two reagent gases are injected. A mould holds the structure together.
Over time, an infinite circuit begins to form...
The mould slowly starts to deteriorate. The soldiers are spectating and
are excited. Does this system contain the correct coding to open the portal?
Metres into the air, a star-shaped structure arises. It moves much
faster upwards until it reaches a certain height, after which a higher
frequency clings to and holds the star shape in the sky. A cavity appears in
the sky, and the star shape disappears.
A moment later, they all hear an ear-splitting noise in the aisles, and
then they see a beam of light and they feel the heat around their bodies. The
portal opens… The Enigma starts working.
The Muslims rejoice in reaching a great milestone. They now have
access to the Enigma, with which they can carry out an independent
operation, without the intervention of the sorcerer and his companions. This
is an important development for the future: now there is no need to worry
about an unfair fight in the dimensions and light tunnels.
By raising this structure with the help of the swastika, energy has
started to rise, which makes everyone think of the Rising Sun in the old
Japanese tradition. Is the Rising Sun really the Champion’s symbol or is it
all the same?
Now that the star-shaped structure has risen and the Enigma is
working, the Muslims begin the greater work, attuning their old systems to
the Enigma, so that the system of hooks still works, based on the
frequencies emitted by the Enigma. This is a big milestone, made extra
difficult because the operation of the Enigma is quite different from that of
the usual systems.
The technicians consult and review all the manuals present in the
room and check the system to learn how it works. Eventually, they manage
to make the screen work, and they can read the data. They have also learned
how data transfer works. They believe, however, that fully understanding
how to operate all the specialist functions of the Enigma will be difficult,
though the basic functions are easy.
There are two shortcuts to videos on the screen, one is the video the
Christians watched before: it is the story of the Reset. They revisit the story,
full of admiration and emotion.
They select the second shortcut, and the translator begins his
translation:
Wise people, this video tells of your triumph.
The question is, under what circumstances did you conquer this
system? This is one of the seven systems, and it represents the seventh
heaven in the system of portals. This system does not use the Saint Root. It
is a standalone technology and has no negative effects on the mind and
bodies of soldiers. These systems were created by an ancient civilisation to
defend their own planetary systems against the enemy.
We have left enough information and clues on Earth to activate the
Enigma. We have ensured that a certain time after the Enigma has become
active again, two shortcuts to these videos will automatically appear.
Immediately afterwards, a transformation process will start. The
frequencies, with which the people are hooked up to the system and certain
commands for slave computers will change. The Enigma will become the
master system again!
The transformation process starts immediately after this message. The
Enigma is now becoming the master for the systems that used the Saint
Root as master.
The translation continues:
Wise people, do not worry after seeing these images. At least try to stay
calm.
What you think you are experiencing in this dimension is not quite the
truth as you experience it. Of course, you have families and homes and
areas the enemy cannot enter through a normal door. Of course, the ground
and the sky are like Earth’s. You have been blinded by the master system of
the Losers, who have set it up in such a way, that you think you live on your
home planet.
On the contrary, this planet has been the home planet of another
civilisation, which also had to fight the sorcerer here. The original
civilisation’s descendants are also on another home planet, perhaps yours.
They too have experienced a ‘reset’ or have been taken off as slaves and are
among the sorcerer’s companions. Either way, this planet has been cleared
for you!
With the Enigma becoming operational, the portals will be operable
from within the Enigma and from the companions’ slave systems, meaning
that you will be confronted soon. Whether to attack or to defend is up to
you.
Most Muslims have wives and children in the dimensions, and during
their long stay, they have raised their children to adulthood. This means that
more men are available than before. The Muslims number about a million
men, who are considered ready to fight.
The ruler’s reset civilisation also features smaller towns and villages,
with nations that prosper, although they have not been given enough time to
grow to large numbers. Moreover, they are spread all over the world. The
towns are far from each other and modern technology has not developed
yet, so great distances still exist for the common people.
To lead the world to war, the cities have to be warned, which will take
a matter of minutes. But to fully mobilise armies, the ruler sets aside a
month. The main task is to arrange the supply lines of the armies, locate the
portals and place the troops there, set up a defence line, and map out a war
strategy.
The Muslim command knows about the plans and observes how the
plans develop. The Muslims are already planning an attack. The Enigma is
in good shape, and the controls are being mastered. The command takes
two weeks to refine their knowledge about the system and two weeks for
training, developing knowledge about new weaponry, and then deciding on
tactical and logistical matters. Like the ruler, they set aside about a month.
In any case, the Muslim command promises to be the first to finish
preparations. They intend to show the troops a patient approach and to ask
all to ready themselves for the great war, for the liberation of Earth, of this
planet, as if the war would break out the next day.
The Hangar
The translated message continues:
Our civilisation was technologically advanced, and for our descendants
and for the people, who can make the Enigma operational, we have left a
hangar with small arms, ammunition and with heavier weaponry, such as
planes and armoured vehicles. The hangar is about a kilometre long and
wide. We have stored many weapons.
Besides weaponry, we have preserved detailed drawings and
descriptions for the victors. If this technology is not outdated, you can use it
as is and link it to existing technology. Quickly spread this modern
weaponry through the army and deploy it as soon as possible against the
enemy, who can attack at any moment.
Video footages show the various war machines in action.
The Search for Noah’s Ark
The translated message continues:
On this planet, at a latitude of 67 degrees north of the Enigma, which is
located at the parallel north, we drew an elliptical line with a curve equal
to that of the planet. By drawing a circle and finding the centre of this
circle, we determined the position of a legendary battlecruiser.
Together with a few more battleships, we formed a fleet that was
ready for take-off. The ships were fully automatic, and the onboard
computers responded just like the Enigma. We named the battlecruiser
Noah’s Ark and gave it the codename Falcon. The spacecraft was identified
by the numbers and letters Volk 10/11 - X - 1000/4 - 10 - No. α.
Just as the war was turning out well for the Champions, the ruler
announced a great flood that would put all life on Earth at risk of death.
The captain of the Falcon (Zülkarneyn) decided to take people of every race
he encountered and pairs of most animal species to his home planet. Hence,
those animal species would now be present on the planet. The spacecraft’s
captain subsequently became involved in a battle for Earth’s airspace.
On the planet lived another man named Noah, who wanted to save
humankind and himself from the great catastrophe that was to take place.
Because of his wisdom, bravery, and commitment, we named this spacecraft
Noah’s Ark. Chances are fair that the ruler knows about the location of the
Ark. He and his companions fought the closing of the portals.
Disaster struck when the Antichrist deployed his ultimate weaponry to
destroy Earth. First, a great hurricane arose, and then there was a blinding
flash of lighting and a roaring thunderclap. A black hole opened over the
planet. Enormous amounts of hydrogen were sucked in from space, and the
resulting pressure and thermal reaction formed rainwater that seemed to
pour from the sky.
Earth saved itself from disaster by God’s will, and humankind
survived. To the wrath of the Antichrist, the portals were closed and planet
Earth could be built without a ruler on Earth.
The closing of all the portals meant that the weapons and equipment
had to be put away before the portals and the Enigma closed; otherwise, the
war could never be won. So important was the Falcon. The captain decided
to put the Falcon away on Earth.
After centuries of bloody fighting, the war was finally lost at the year
0 Earth’s timespan. Shuttles escaped from their planet on their way to
distant destinations beyond their influence. Who knows, maybe they made it
and survived.
Near the spot, where the Falcon is located, the sorcerer has built a
large army fortress, where clones are probably born, where research and
experiments are carried out, and where thousands of soldiers will be
present at all times, certainly at important moments. The soldiers present
are from the elite guard, and often the sorcerer and his companions are
present themselves, which can lead to strange scenes and events during
warfare.
For years, the Antichrist tried to find a way to enter this portal from
within the fort surrounding the location of the Falcon, that would allow him
to the vessel.
The fort is said to be extremely dangerous to penetrate. As the
command post, it is the heart of the enemy army. The Muslim command has
no other option, and there is no choice but to fight and try to attack the fort
with numbers. It is too risky to wait now.
One hundred thousand men, a tenth of the army, are equipped with
modern laser swords and small arms. These weapons were found in the
hangar and should be effective against the enemy in the light tunnels.
The rest of the army is sent to clear the other portals. The army must
try to clear and keep the light tunnels in the vicinity of the portals to the
seven dimensions safe.
After two weeks, the Muslims are already seriously thinking about the
start of the world war. They all hope for a successful surprise attack on the
ruler’s army. The other group of Muslim fighters, approximately nine
hundred thousand men, will launch an attack on the fort the next day, after
the morning prayer. Divided into six groups of approximately a hundred
and fifty thousand men each, the army will launch the attack and enter the
portals, in search of the enemy.
If the attack will be successful, they will attempt to wage a ground
war against the ruler, in an area known to the people, and referred to by the
ruler, as Europe, a prosperous part of the planet. According to the Enigma,
the area is named Amerigo (America). America apparently has to be
‘rediscovered’.
Seven prosperous and densely populated cities once stood here. Now,
they have given way to smaller cities, which are experiencing primitive
growth. The aim is to liberate these cities from the ruler and to capture the
entire system of portals. Intelligence indicates that the ruler’s master
computer system is located in the fort, which makes success more likely.
The Muslims decide to launch the attack. They ascend towards the
portal-and-tunnel system using special suits and commence their journey.
Portals open near some sites and in the light tunnels, echoing with shouts of
‘Allahu Akbar’, are heard. The soldiers move to the location at lightning
speed, and a digital occupancy indicator determines whether the troops are
allowed through the tunnels. Step by step, portal by portal, they flow
towards the fort.
Excitement builds as the fort nears. Warning signals are going off,
with the alarms audible in the tunnels. Moments later, the first soldiers pass
through the ruler’s portals and the first cries of distress are heard.
The Muslim army seems to have successfully surprised the enemy.
The army spreads around the portals, attempting to attack the fortress in a
circling movement from multiple fronts, through the portal-and-tunnel
system.
The Fight Turns Into Déjà Vu (Literally)
The army encounters much resistance. Behind every portal, the
warriors are ambushed by companions awaiting their enemy.
The ruler fears that the fighting will soon spread to other parts of the
world and orders every soldier to be ready for war. The war has been
announced all over the world.
First, the soldiers must pass through the portals and then they must
reach the passageways that lead to the maze of portals. In the light tunnels,
the Muslim warriors encounter all kinds of strange, mutated hominids,
creations that could make the ruler’s army more graceful and stronger.
However, the Muslims have a sense of déjà vu about this way of waging
war, and with the new weaponry, the laser weapons, they seem to have little
trouble with the enemy. Beings, half-human, half-animal, and people with
magical powers are standing by in every passageway and system of portals
with light tunnels.
The ruler’s well-trained and driven army hits back hard, though it is
as if they again are missing something. Something that grows stronger in
the Muslim people. It is as if the soldiers are encouraged by something
heavenly.
Some of the Muslim warriors struggle in the passageways. After they
win the battle with the companions in the light tunnels, they come under
fire in the passageways. It is a matter of acting quickly and showing
courage. In the passageway systems, they must enter the correct portals in
the correct order.
Many people have died, and some have been horrifically mutilated.
The ruler fights in the light tunnels with his most loyal servants, the golem
soldiers, some of whom appear to be made of stone. In hand-to-hand
combat, they are a gruesome presence on the battlefield.
Many men do not know which way to turn in the passageways.
Moreover, they have to constantly switch between hand-to-hand combat
and firefights. The companions, armed and dug in, fire upon them as they
leap from the portals. It is like earlier: the soldiers must exchange weapons
and show daring and speed when they come out of the portals.
Finally, after an hour of fighting, the Muslim soldiers maintain the
advantage. It is a tough battle between the two unequally sized armies. The
Muslim warriors overwhelm the companions, despite many reinforcements
having joined the battle.
All the soldiers are still waiting for a final frenzy from the ruler and
his other two companions. The companions seem to withdraw. Silence falls
in the fort. For a moment it seems that the attack will not be forthcoming.
The commander looks up and tells his soldiers that he sees a spiritual
cross in a certain corner of the complex. He asks if some of his comrades
would follow him. He tells the soldiers that this could be a poignant event,
that perhaps the Enigma is showing him the way to an important person:
‘Soldiers, since I have entered the dimensions, at a certain angle, a spiritual
cross seems to suddenly appear to me. I have investigated it, and this
happening remains a mystery. Now, in this fort, I not only see that spiritual
cross, I feel heavenly energy that makes me think an important person lives
here.’
In the passageways, in a control room, operating a portal, is an
ancient device installed, that looks like a primitive version of a computer. It
looks more like an advanced mechanism that, after pressing a button,
triggers something, after which light beams reach a place and after which a
portal opens.
The commander urges the Muslim fighters to use this new passage. In
the light tunnels, they briefly see the ruler. It is being said that he is
awaiting the Muslims somewhere.
Lightning is followed by a rain of fire, and some soldiers find ways to
avoid them. While the fireballs can still be avoided and the lightning bolts
sometimes miss the body, some hit the soldiers, their bodies discharging the
power of the strike.
The portal leads them into a large space, where the ruler’s soldiers
have been lined up, with the ruler and his two companions standing by.
They call for a ceasefire. The Muslim soldiers all enter the space,
outnumbering the enemy. Other soldiers are also waiting at the entrance of
the portal.
A coffin lies on the ground in front of the ruler. The ruler asks the
commander to surrender and blackmails him with the coffin: ‘In this chest
lies the body of your prophet. Well, yes, the Prophet Isa, who has been
sleeping here for centuries. You must surrender and surrender your weapons
to learn the secrets of this chest. Surrender or your loved one will die!’
The commander looks around carefully and tells the soldiers he is
sure the ruler is bluffing. The ruler hears this and looks up. The spiritual
cross is pointing to the second portal, which is marked with an Enigma
symbol, the one the ruler apparently cannot reach.
The soldiers shout ‘Allahu Akbar’ and run, shooting at the ruler and
his minions. Most soldiers try to hide behind rocks and stones and the
uneven landscape. An unparalleled firefight involving the most modern
weapons erupts. Many of the Muslim fighters choose to attack the large
space by detouring through the passageways, to avoid the direct barrage of
firepower.
The Muslim command soon realises that many men are being killed,
because the space has been constructed for defence. More and more Muslim
reinforcements enter the portals, and the entrance is constantly under
gunfire. The Muslim command orders the troops to deploy the new
weapons. They deploy a laser shield, which is constructed from frames that
light up together and then form energy that is particularly effective against
laser weapons. Laser weapons have a pulse with polarity. A laser shield also
possesses polarity. When they touch each other, repulsive energy is created.
The ruler is unprepared for this. Most weapons are based on light and
light explosions.
Now, an anomaly appears above the places, where the ruler and his
two companions fight. The Muslim commander shouts twice, ‘Fire
upwards! Fire upwards! Hit the ruler!’ Many do not understand, yet some
fire at the ruler from a distance. The three seem to disappear into the
anomaly.
Suddenly, one of them falls back down. One trusted companion of the
ruler is dead. The other is wounded and losing blood, his magic wand falls,
covered in blood, still, he manages to disappear alongside the ruler.
The Return of the Prophet Isa (Jesus)
A group of Muslim soldiers, accompanied by the commander, are
trying to unravel the secrets of this dimension. A strange task awaits the
Muslim command. The commander presses the keys on the computer,
which is attached to the Enigma. A video starts to play, it is being translated
as follows:
Even before we closed the portals, we launched a large-scale
offensive against the ruler, the sorcerer of the time. This place, where
passageways with portals are located, was probably built by the ruler. We
knew that they had brought the Prophet Isa here and had him put to sleep
using an electronic lounger. His holy spirit still drifted above Earth; his
body was dormant and mechanically kept alive.
We have connected the portal to the Enigma, using a complex
technique, and until today we have prevented others from opening these
portals. We have ensured the safety of the prophet. For those, who have
found this place, first, cross out the sin – a, then overcome the spiritual
cross to free the spirit of the prophet from its ‘R’Ahmed’, to form Ahmed.
[‘Rahmet’ means ‘eternal rest’ in Turkish. The aim is to disable the ‘r’].
We did try it, when we saw that God had not predestined it to occur,
we let his mind rest. Soon after, we lost the war. So be it, this has to be our
destiny. We hope you will accept our failure.
The portal suddenly opens, and a second mechanism seems to be
triggered, causing a racket. The primitive portals are noisy and slower to
start up. Nervously, the Muslim soldiers step into the portals. They realise
they are going to experience something special.
At the end of the light tunnels, they come across a deserted and large
space with a complex computer network and all kinds of equipment. It
looks like medical equipment, designed to keep people and other beings
alive.
Thirteen (12 + 1) electronic loungers lie there feeding a body.
Twenty-seven electronic loungers should be empty. Forty electronic
loungers exist. This means that they were in the process of placing the
swastika, that they had come as far as to lock up twelve jinns using sin – a
(sin – a is a Y some kind of backscattering signal with Y-axis, by sending
and receiving (with sad – a), it possesses a X, Y and Z axis).
The soldiers all observe the body of the prophet and pray to God that
they will endure this trial successfully.
In the other twelve electronic loungers are twelve jinns, aliens with
three fingers, well-known among the Muslims. The twenty-seven others are
empty. The jinns have been abused by the sorcerers for centuries because
their complete genome code fell into the hands of evil. The jinns have
experienced a trial at the hands of the sorcerers. The Saint Root is strangely
connected to the jinns, also through genetics.
In their slavery, the jinns had no other choice.
For years, the trinity and the Holy Spirit were seen as a single entity
by many religious groups. Later, the downside of the story became clearer.
The bigger the system became, the more jinn had to rest in these electronic
loungers, the more ‘demonic slaves’ arose.
It is a complicated system. Jinns were tortured in their childhood and
left to die. Then, their bodies returned from death, from heaven. They were
children, and their spirits were locked up by the sorcerer, as a form of
necromancy.
It was about the capacity of the system. It increased when the
spiritual cross was extended with a swastika, with twenty-seven more. It
was a difference created in the space that got bigger. The differences are
sometimes a few fractals. Knowledge about the Casimir effect, whereby
fractions arise with every bending of light, in which the fictional cone
pendulum also plays a role, is essential.
A strange computer has been found, in a working state, that needs to
be started. The information related to the electronic loungers is searched
through the Enigma. Some soldiers even know about a man being taken
from a golden pyramid. In this way, these beings and the prophet also have
to wake up from their sleep. First, the twelve beings must be taken out of
the system, then the prophet.
The commander tells the soldiers to hurry up. It is almost morning,
and the war for air superiority is about to start, as planned, six armies will
attack planet earth, accompanied by the Air Force...
First, they have to start up the medical equipment and then try to use
the computers. With the knowledge they gain and the information provided
through the Enigma, they can safely remove the living beings from the
electronic loungers.
The brain of the prophet has to be brought to life in seven steps, with
the expectation that at each point, a part of the brain takes over the
functions being fulfilled by the artificial brain, which is fully under the
control of an automated system. The jinns are returning to normal life in
five steps, without the intervention of an artificial brain, which makes them
think in frames. The recovery would also take place fully automatically.
Then, it is necessary to try to cross out the sin – a, and then to cross
out the connection point (the spiritual cross) of the prophet and the three
other men. The jinns have become connected using the sin – a. The spiritual
cross has been designed and intended for the prophet. All are linked to the
artificial brain through a semi-organic link.
Experiencing how the jinn are brought back to life is exciting. With
loud creaking from the machines, the jinns come out of the electronic
loungers. They are startled, as they were expecting the Antichrist and his
companions. They are soon pacified.
All the jinn talk to each other, and the Muslim commander asks if
they could calm down. The nervous jinn tremble.
Half an hour later, after some food and drink, the jinns realise that
they have awakened in the middle of a war and that they might have to
fight, or at least come along with the Muslim army.
The men report to the commander that they have found Noah’s Ark.
The commander tells them to wait. As soon as the prophet is set free, they
would come together at Noah’s Ark. The commander further tells the men
that the jinn can stay alive and that they would be taken into Noah’s Ark.
With the sin – a signals crossed out, the time has come to cross out
the hooks by surpassing these first. The Muslim command has experience
with this, however, it seems that the computerised and automated system
has already started everything correctly.
The Muslims have set the system in such a way that the sin – a and
the spiritual cross are crossed out, after which the sad – dad – a
combination, an extension of sin – a and the spiritual cross, is linked using a
knotting machine that can link two A - shapes, or signals. Now the Muslims
only have to blow or activate the knots and the system should do its job.
The computer shows a five and a dot on the screen, after which the
system switches to a seven and a dot.
A jinn comes forward and says he sees a problem: not one but four
dots should be behind the spiritual cross. Only then will the system be able
to make the correct calculation. This is because the people on Earth
crucified another three people through control from religious sources, via a
digitised environment with 3D printing techniques, among other things, in
connection with the setting up of a swastika, heralding the New World
Order. So, this means that the computer will take at least two hours to
completely disable the crosses by crossing them out.
The Muslim commander realises something the others have not yet
realised. The jinn and the commander look at each other and then they
shake hands.
The Muslim command sets the system to seven, with four dots. And
then, they all decide to pray. They urge the jinn to join them, and the jinns
accept.
After waiting an hour and a half, the system shows an error message.
This is unfortunate for the command, as little time is left before the start of
the great Muslim offensive.
They ask the jinn about this, and one of the jinns tells them that the
system works this way, that the error is unknown to them, and that this will
be fixed automatically. The system starts to work again. The moment has
arrived. The father of humankind is awake, he has returned!
They help the prophet stand up and advise the jinn to calm down
during the drive, as noisiness could cause panic and nervousness. The
prophet and the three other men are offered water and food. Like the jinn,
the men seem to wake up from a dream. They can talk and think as they
used to.
The commander tells the prophet that time is running out and that a
major offensive is to be launched, that Noah’s Ark is being prepared for
departure, and that it will be needed in the defence of the airspace. After a
brief rest, they rush through the light tunnels to the large hangar, where the
ships are waiting. The prophet, the jinn, and the companions are received
with loud shouting and much joy.
Some men board the fleet, which has been prepared for departure.
Noah’s Ark carries most of the commanders, the jinn, and the prophet. Most
of the troops are deployed to guard the fort, with orders to destroy the
computer if the fort or the Enigma is lost.
The War for the Seventh Heaven
In the morning, approximately 900000 Muslims enter the portals.
They have said farewell to their families and move en masse through the
portals. They are armed with swords and firearms to continue the war in the
portals and the passageways and on the mainland. Of course, they brought
specially prepared food that should keep them alive for several weeks.
The army is moving towards Europe. Muslim fighters try to reach
their companions and engage in combat. Bloody fighting takes place
between the Muslims and the companions.
During the battle, a cry for help from a respected Muslim is given to
provide moral support for the men. Verses of the Quran are also recited:
‘If nothing happens, nothing will arise, and if a man does not fight when the
need is high, then defeat must be accepted.
‘Then maybe, their race does not survive, because the enemy is not
commanded respect.’
The units storm into the cities of Europe. They fly above the streets of
the cities, and in some places, the portals are placed in such a way that the
troops have to fly through the streets, which leads to riots among the
population. Fierce fighting takes place, and the units are also fired upon
from the streets.
Many units quickly reach the end of the light tunnels without too
much resistance. The enemy is being forced into a ground war.
Ferocious street fights take place. From street to street, from house to
house. Heavier weapons are now also being used between the elite
companions and the Muslim fighters.
In the meanwhile, the primitive people are overwhelmed. They have
been taught about modern machines and so on, still, the war is beyond
imagination. It seems the defenders are aiming for a victory through
continuing airstrikes. They believe they are stronger in the air.
Initially, the defenders seem to be the stronger side and seem to have
air superiority. With the advent of the new jets from the hangar and those
that have been built in the dimensions, it appears that the ruler has
underestimated the Muslims. The Muslims have worked day and night to
create dominance in the air. Especially the jets from the hangar are an
amazing sight to see, they look like UFOs from science fiction movies.
These beautiful weapons allow the enemy jets no opportunities. The pilots’
skills also improve, and they manage to control the jets much better, after
some combat. The automatic control and the targeting system, similar to
fly-by-wire systems, are so excellently put together, that enemy fighters are
taken out of the air at the push of a button.
The Muslim air command suddenly warns all pilots to keep a low
profile and try not to get involved in firefights in the open air. Battlecruisers
have been spotted, approaching the cities for a confrontation. All men see
the huge cruisers approaching, and they take note of a possible defeat. The
defeat of humanity...
Above one of the cities, the Muslim command decides to resist. They
concentrate the few battlecruisers and jets on the approaching enemy Air
Force.
The more primitive weaponry of the battlecruisers built by the
Muslims is inferior to the perfection of the weaponry of the enemy. Crystal
laser weapons with wafer-thin glass and crystal or mineral particles have a
devastating effect.
Suddenly other ships appear. They broadcast a radio message: ‘We
needed a little time, and you chose the wrong city. We were ambushed in
another place. We are friends of humankind...’
A fleet of hominids and aliens reach the air battle. They look
somewhat like rebellions and freelancers. Contortionists (beings who look
like snakes), jinn, and hominids fight side by side. Indeed, these ships could
make the difference! They turn out to be excellent, and the new alliance
seems to gain the upper hand.
The new fighters appear to have been secretly following humankind
for a long time. People, who inhabited Europe in the past and their relatives
are among them. Alliances are created to avenge their ancestors and help
their friends in need.
The enemy fights bitterly, and after a while, it becomes clear why:
from five other fronts, all battlecruisers approach the war zone. One of the
fleets is being led by a mothership.
‘I do not know if it could be our rescue, but I think we are getting
reinforcements too,’ muttered one commander.
They shout, ‘that should be Noah’s Ark at fifty degrees!’
The Muslim command asks all ships to support a frontal attack on the
larger mothership. It is now or never!
First, Noah’s Ark fires on the mothership, which has the chance to
retaliate seconds later. The Ark’s shields turn out to be extremely strong and
advanced. The Ark suffers minor damage, the enemy mothership has lost a
shield and is set ablaze. The two ships’ weapons have a longer range than
the other vessels’, and the fight becomes exciting as the second salvo
follows.
The mothership is ablaze and almost unusable due to the front plasma
weapons of the Ark, which fire ultra-powerful plasma from an infinite
circuit. The enemy mothership possesses a similar weapon, the Ark is shot
and also damaged. Tough the Ark’s shields are still working and are
charging up. Fires are being extinguished.
The two ships come into range of the smaller jets and battlecruisers.
The enemy has the advantage of numbers, and that is what they base their
last attack on. It seems as if all ships are concentrating their attacks on the
Ark.
The Muslim command has the choice to spare the Ark and take on the
cruisers one by one later, after a possible chance of repair, although that
would be unfair to the other commanders in the alliance.
The battle goes on, and the Ark keeps moving out of the centre of the
fighting, shifting the centre in the process. Suddenly, the enemy’s
mothership disintegrates into two parts a short distance away. The enemy
withdraws because they suffer heavy losses.
As the enemy tries to withdraw, they call for a truce, a ceasefire. The
Muslim command accepts and the ships distance themselves.
The enemy is ordered to move a certain distance from the planet.
They are accompanied from a distance by Noah’s Ark and the supporting
ships.
After covering that distance, the ships do not stop. They have
accepted defeat and are on their way to safety. They reach cruising speed.
Noah’s Ark, the other fighters and battlecruisers move towards the
cities, especially one, in which there is still fierce fighting. There the Air
Force launches assaults and tries to support the ground troops.
The alliance forces soon achieve successes in the cities, and the
reinforcements move to the other troubled cities, undermining the enemy’s
morale. Finally, the hostile armies withdraw.
The Planet Surrenders
The enemy’s defeat in the air has been decisive for the war. Their
entire strategy was based on dominance in the air. Without air superiority
and a prosperous Europe, the enemy sees no benefit in stepping up and
continuing with the battle, nor with the game, they were playing with the
people. Noah’s Ark has been the decisive factor in this war. It is such a
powerful battlecruiser that the alliance has renamed it the fleet’s flagship.
Days after that, transport ships, belonging to the enemy, begin to
carry their people off the planet. The companions leave. The alliance not
only wants them to leave, soon house-to-house monitoring will be carried
out all over the planet.
The planet has surrendered quickly, and the primitive minds of the
descendants of Adam are forced to adapt to the new situation. One ruler
left, and another takes his place. The king is dead, long live the other king.
People learn that the companions have departed. An attempt is being
made to purify the spirits of the people, either by removing them from the
Saint Root or, if not possible, hooking them to the Enigma through a unique
constellation created, so that the body can still draw its strength from the
cycle of life and death, the Root. If both fail, they must leave the planet.
That is the agreement with the ruler.
To be sure of the matter, people are checked by blowing on the knots.
After all, people possessing a natural constellation should not notice
anything. It happens regularly that they encounter a few people or groups of
people, who fall dead, after a whistle. Seeing the beautiful human creations
fall like that is terrifying and unsettling. But they are clones, generated
through an unnatural process, people without or with a weak constellation.
Normal people all possess unique constellations.
The plan is made that the twelve jinns will return to their planet with
a part of the alliance’s fleet. Another part of the fleet will remain here, as
reinforcements for the planet’s defence are needed.
The Prophet Isa will give a speech, once he has fully regained his
senses and restarted his life.
The Speech: A New Beginning or the End?
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………
To planet Earth…
A radio link…
Cheering…
Animal sounds of monkeys and loud conversation… ‘The planet of
the apes…’ unchanged… That is talking?
Who are those?
An open ending has been chosen, which can be mapped out as desired
and imagined. This is because the prophet’s return could be unpredictable.
After all, he has been away from the people for too long. How will he be,
and what mood will he be in?
It is true that this doom’s-day scenario ends, as far as the predictions
of humanity. After this, it becomes far-reaching science fiction, rich in
fantasy.
The question remains how the scenario, no secrets for the New World
Order, will manifest itself, if world peace is maintained, despite the
emerging modern barbarism, which nestles itself under the guise of fascism,
under the guise of spirituality.
End of the Reset
The Pyramids and Triangles: Book 4
Rewind
The Life of a Muslim Man in the Netherlands
The scenario rewinds… The ‘reset’ rewinds...
An expendable, a hero arises, who can change the future.
These days, much disagreement exists in the world, and life on Earth
has not been improved by all the wars and terrorist attacks of late.
A lot of negative publicity surrounds Muslims. Most Muslim people
only want a normal life, which sometimes becomes difficult. There are
several reasons for this.
There are ‘modern’ groups of immigrant origin, who terrorise the
streets, who also call themselves Muslim. This creates confusion. They
sometimes set up larger criminal organisations of young people and
influence them, making life miserable for Muslims. In cooperation with the
Jewish population, certain social groups support these organisations to
cause damage. Until political movements blow the whistle, those ‘criminal
Muslims’ can go about their business unhindered.
Terrorism also comes from this side of the immigrant population.
Although fundamentalist groups are behind it, this does not always involve
truly religious people. The acts they commit are often cowardly.
Blue Energy
In this era lives a good Muslim among us. This good man is going to
be considered a leader among humans and jinn.
In this world, this man does not yet realise why he is wearing the blue
star, known as the Star of David, though he knows its consequences! He is
actually a spiritual leader. He messed with magic before, that was a bad
time he has left behind. He always wonders whether he could be the
messenger for humanity; after all, it is he, who is at the top of spirituality,
according to many spiritual groups, bearing the star makes someone a
leader.
It is almost impossible to imagine that this may be the end of the
world. If humankind wanted to talk openly about this issue, some would say
Earth is still intact and in excellent condition. However, some people think
that larger disturbances in the magnetic balance exist. Every devil or slave
takes care of this burden.
He wears this Star of David with anything but with pride. He
considers it as a burden and its custom as blasphemy, besides, he is not to
blame for being given this star. It is fate, and that he knows of this issue has
positive and negative sides.
The Turkish Muslims call these kinds of stars ‘mühür’. It is different
from ‘nūr’, because ‘nūr’ are naturally shaped elements, instead, ‘mühür’ is
used as a connection between human and machine. Some even claim that
Muslims once used these stars, none of that is true. In ancient times they
were used by ‘mushrik’, blasphemous people and by the ancestors of the
Muslims, who were believers of a different religion. These are mostly the
Zoroastrians. Also, Chinese, Hindu, Mongolian, and Turkish peoples used
these star shapes, a practice with astrological foundations, in which a time
gap is continuously maintained. The tool they use for this purpose is the
knotting machine, a machine that knots infinite circuits (for example, star
shapes) to send into the air. The West also knows this cultural practice from
paganism.
Life for the man is simple in an ideal situation. He does his prayers
every day and works on his life and for the people on Earth. In another life,
it is a different story. Let us keep it this way.
The Prophet Moses has warned that one day all races, also those other
than the Israelites, will practice this ‘magic’, and that is now the case. The
practice has been so intriguing and it advanced so much in the twenty-first
century that some of the elite consider it the most normal event in the
world.
The Accusations
With continued political hostilities, the economies of Muslim
countries are showing signs of stagnation. And this is happening just as in
Western countries things are going better than before.
It is as if ‘other times’ are dawning for the Muslims. A time of unrest
and war in Syria and Iraq that affects millions of people, in which billions is
being contributed to terror groups, such as the PYD/ PKK, which seem to
be Western-minded.
Events are disadvantageous to Muslims, not only at the macro level.1
At the meso-level, Muslims are disadvantaged in politics and business.
Some feel they are being discriminated against. On the micro-level, they
have a different problem. They are being looked down on as terrorists, and
Muslims are accused of causing many problems.
With time, this man, let us name him the Expendable, is being
accused of satanism, and he must appear before the court for a judicial
authorisation, regarding admission to a psychiatric hospital. This is part of
the plan designed to put pressure on the good that this man radiates.
Through Erasmian control projects, his life has been made miserable.
There is a reason for this. In his youth and throughout his entire
development, this man always has been a maverick, despite that, he lives
his own good life in the country. One day the (m)acrobat, who guides the
psychopathic current on the macro level, discusses him with some
bureaucrats, and then he asks the clichéd question: ‘Mirror, mirror on the
wall, who is the fairest of them all?’ In response, the computer prints out a
list of names, with the Expendable at the top.
Then, a psychological hold against this special group of people arises
from another group, an organised international network, with Zurich,
Switzerland, as headquarters and Klein Switzerland, Limburg, the
Netherlands, as operational headquarters. This group of people, who have
been selected among the Muslims, are distinguished from the rest by their
good lives and their extremely high intelligence, which is calculated
through results at school, and even through online games such as Call of
Duty and so on. Some speak of ‘Lone Wolves.’
Once they have selected a small group through a selection procedure,
they choose someone as a potential Antichrist. This is the beginning of
misery for this Expendable.
The Fall
The Expendable faces something like a psychosis. He does not think
twice and looks toward spirituality for a solution.
He starts an exorcism by focusing with his body on the intruder and
quoting verses from the Quran. However, despite everything he tries, he
keeps hallucinating. After a few months, he ends up in a psychiatric
hospital. He has become psychotic, and his views, which do not reflect the
views expressed in psychiatry, are claimed to be delusional.
In the hospital, he meets several patients. Most are friendly, some are
different. Caution is needed!
One day, he sees three white triangles floating high in the sky, side by
side. He does not have the urge to take a photo. Later, he changes his mind,
unfortunately, his camera breaks because of the tension.
The triangles are the reason he thinks that something or someone with
the technology of extraterrestrial origin can approach him and perhaps
many others. The term ‘alien’ does not have to mean that something is far
away, it is just an unknown technology that is being used, which confuses
humanity.
He decides to talk about the subject within his social circle. And that
leads to notoriety and then negative criticism and imagery about this man.
He is still living his good life, although the flavour and good feelings of life
are off. His psychosis continues and worsens, and he becomes depressed.
Every time he tries to live a normal life, the situation arises that those
in power declare him psychotic. Thus, he seems to be discriminated against.
In the coming years, fascist groups will come to power in Europe, and
due to increasing unrest and pressure on Muslims, he decides to leave the
country and return to his homeland.
War in the Middle East
The Expendable believes that in his homeland, he will be treated with
equal respect. In a country like the Netherlands, people always scorn those,
who have undergone psychiatric treatment. He must leave Europe, because
he has a disadvantageous position in society and, to his thinking, security is
more important.
Shortly after he arrives in his homeland, a war begins. A great war in
the Middle East.
The Expendable is not allowed to serve. Instead, he is admitted to a
psychiatric hospital in Istanbul, ‘for his good and the safety of others.’ A
few months later, after fierce fighting, Greek and Russian troops release
him from the hospital, and he returns to his village.
Once back, he sees the horrors of war and realises that the battle has
not yet been fought, a new war seems to be starting. What a person
previously announced, a method of floating in the air and moving in portals
has been invented. He decides to report to a fundamentalist group, but they
say no and tell him to go home.
Meanwhile, an uprising is ongoing in Turkey, an uprising only among
Alevis and Yezidis. The so-called ‘freedom fighters’ are trying to gain a
foothold. In the meanwhile, they are adapting this strange technique, with
which people can fly or float. They can cope, and the foundation of their
system lies elsewhere in a different country. In short, at the negotiating
table, the cards have already been shuffled.
The Kidnapping
Soldiers of the Alevis of Kurdish origin storm the Expendable’s
house. They pick him up and take him away. There is some fighting in the
vicinity. He is being taken to a special enclave, where he has to lie down in
an electronic lounger, connected to a strange device. A device, in which
someone must lie down.
After a while, the man gets sleepy. He is terrified! Somehow, he
sleeps, he dreams and ends up in a strange realm, something between
heaven and Earth, a dream. No... He is seeing a vision. The strange thing is
that he is seeing a distorted view of his living environment.
He comes out of his house, after waking up from the nightmare. How
on Earth, indeed, everything seems normal again. Then he goes to visit his
family and talks about the kidnapping, everyone is silent about the events.
He goes to look at the destroyed mosques and to try to find Alevis,
who can tell him exactly what happened. As he sits in the evening, talking
to the villagers about the incident, a strange phenomenon occurs. He begins
to turn invisible and later becomes almost completely invisible and silent.
The villagers become scared and try to track him and pelt him with stones.
Alevis and Yezidis join the crowd. They are tracking him down with
special equipment. Every second he lights up in pink.
Then they start calling him names, which makes him furious. Name-
calling hurts him a lot! Suddenly something pops into the system. The
Expendable is briefly visible in blue and white, and flashes of light follow
each other, and the moon shows itself because it gets dark. A slight
earthquake is even felt. The ‘Hilal’, the crescent moon, appears. He flees,
and the Muslims restrain themselves. The Alevis and Yezidis are instructed
to catch him because the system reports an unprecedented error, which now
allows the Expendable to move freely and invisibly, unchecked, in space.
The equipment he was attached to, shows errors and briefly catches
alight. They want to bring him back, obviously, they have some issues.
Meanwhile, the Expendable rushes down the hill. That is where he
comes across a car of someone, who left it with the engines still running.
He gets in and notices that there is no driver in it, it is self-driving. He gives
a voice command and heads for the enclave.
The enclave is a cordoned-off area under the control of the Turkish
Army, with many barracks on a strange landscape. The Alevis seem to
control the enclave almost entirely. At least, they have the upper hand in
numbers outside, still, there is fighting with government forces. The Alevis
also seem to have the upper hand, because they can hover in camouflage
towards the Turkish soldiers. They appear and shoot at the Turks, and the
government forces are confused.
Just as the car is driving into the road and entrance of the enclave,
suddenly a Turkish tank drives out of a hangar the road leads to. The
Expendable opens the door and pushes himself out of the car, and then the
tank drives over the car. A little farther on, the tank comes to a standstill
and then shoots at the enemy. The soldiers look at the flattened car, and the
Alevis shout to each other: ‘He is back for revenge!’
The Expendable takes a passage to the hangar, bringing himself to
safety, for now. He is about to enter the hangar, then he sees an Alevi
soldier leaving the hangar. He has a Kalashnikov-type machine gun and a
RPG on his shoulder and is aiming at the tank. The tension rises again, and
suddenly the Expendable realises that as his blood pressure increases, or as
the tension rises, his cover begins to fail. He moves towards the soldier and
hits him, misses. Once more, wrong again.
The soldier feels something and turns his head. He somehow sees the
Expendable and grabs his machine gun. The Expendable is scared and
moves his hand to the rifle. With extreme effort, he jumps sideways and
then towards the man. The adrenaline rush breaks his cover. He grabs a
handgun from the man’s belt and shoots him dead.
The soldiers look on excitedly. Everyone sees the Expendable
standing up and disappearing again. He has kept the gun attached and
manages to get some cartridges out of the pockets of the dead fighter.
People are shooting at him from all sides, both friend and foe.
He is running further into the hangar. He sees Alevi soldiers opening
fire on Turkish government soldiers. He stands behind them, pulls out his
gun, adrenaline rushes, his cover comes off, and shooting: boom, boom!
And something strange happens again. It is like a dream suddenly
ends…
Serving the Turkish Army
Suddenly he wakes up from his sleep. He thinks to himself that he
dreamed of the events. When he gets up, he finds himself in a hangar full of
soldiers and scientists. He immediately asks them if he may stand up and
asks about their nationality out of suspicion. ‘Turkish!’ Someone shouts.
He breathes a sigh of relief. However, his relief is short-lived. He
suddenly disappears again, accompanied by a loud cry of: ‘Save me!’
The soldiers draw their weapons, they do not fire, and he sees an
opportunity to slip away. He hides until they open the door, which does not
take long because he gets up to mischief to frighten them and they open the
door to call the commander. When the commander steps in, he slips out.
In the passageway, the Turks are on the lookout for him, they do not
notice him. He flees into a passageway and goes straight through doors,
through the glass without breaking it. He sees a senior officer and follows
her. The officer rushes along the passageways with two other soldiers
behind her. They scurry along with such a hurried gait that they take a
distant lead.
Suddenly, a siren goes off and it is announced that the phenomenon
(the Expendable himself) has been lost and that people need to search for
him and comb the surroundings.
His adrenaline is starting to rise again...
A second siren goes off. An attack is announced, and the soldiers are
commanded to gather at the ‘border’. A codename he does not know.
He continues to pursue the officer and soldiers, and it seems as if they
will not deviate from their purpose. As if this woman already knows about
the speech and wants to be the first to arrive there.
They arrive at a large hangar with a strange light or portal in the
middle.
A large group of soldiers, armed with swords and strange equipment, seem
ready to dive into the portal.
He looks back and sees many more soldiers arriving. His adrenaline
level rises again, and he notices it. He also seems to hear a beeping sound
every time he crosses a certain level of excitement.
The officer is welcomed by the rest of the soldiers, and the
Expendable finds the event so exciting that the beeping sound becomes
louder. There are so many people together, he is getting overwhelmed. He
stands amid these elite soldiers and hears noise and laughter. Some of it are
funny to hear, like one who thinks he sees a shadow appear and laughs
about it. Yet, it seems so familiar.
The speech is being delivered through the public address system, and
all soldiers listen:
‘Friends, we know what has happened, and we know we are entering
a completely unknown world. What we have learned from the enemy is that
they always want to surprise us. This time we surprise them.
We have linked the portal and reversed the polarity, giving us access
to their system. We do not know exactly where it leads, probably to another
part of the world, we probably have to fight over Mecca. May Allah protect
you and make us forceful.
We are here for a beautiful event and a wonderful experience!’
The Expendable has the choice to stand there until all the soldiers are
gone or enter the portal with them. The problem he has and the soldiers do
not, is his invisibility. All soldiers go in, in one way or will experience the
same fate or will at least follow the same route. The Expendable does not
know what that invisibility means. Perhaps it will kill him. He feels unsafe.
It is unnatural. He, therefore, decides to enter the portal and follow the
soldiers.
He waits for the last man to enter. It is a wise decision to consider the
destiny of others, a what-if scenario. The wrong move could do harm.
Many thousands of soldiers have already entered the portal, and the
end seems to be in sight. No more soldiers wait nearby or father down the
line. He walks towards the two soldiers guarding the portal. The soldiers
notice and walk up to him, and one recognises him.
Now he sees an opportunity. The beeping becomes more frequent,
while he moves towards the portal. Beep... beep… He covers, he sprints,
and he shouts: ‘Hands up or I shoot!’ The soldiers show no mercy for the
Expendable. The soldiers dodge to the right to intercept him, luckily for
him, they are too late. He fires another warning shot towards them and
jumps into the portal, waiting for what is about to happen.
The Ascension
He drops like a brick, and he sees the rest of the soldiers flying away,
including the two, who jump in after him. Looking back, he realises that a
fireball is chasing him. His jump into the portal is not without
consequences, it seems.
In the hangar, the portal makes a sucking motion. After it sucks the
two soldiers in, it implodes.
Up in the sky, the battleground is visible. Tanks move along the roads,
shooting and being escorted by soldiers. Jet aircraft are nearby.
He even sees a MiG-29 Fulcrum enter a portal and reappear farther
along. Was this deliberate or an unpredictable event? Humanity has
achieved advancements and has made it this far!
He drops farther. Moments later, it feels as if he is falling asleep.
Then he stands on a horizontal path, full of green squares. He sees angels
watching him. And he walks on the heavenly path.
He does not see himself standing there. It is like he is walking there,
while someone looks out of his eyes. Yet he experiences everything. He
tries and tries to keep the experience and his mind intact.
He is walking, and yet he covers up his mind. Now, it seems like
someone other than him is walking down that path. He looks like a lost
soul.
He wakes up again and sees what is probably a winged angel taking
him to another part of the heavenly path. Along the way, he sees another
male person walking on the heavenly path.
He walks along the path again and suddenly comes across a tower,
which he recognises from the Pyramids and Triangles books. The tower
stands vertically in front of the path and obstructs the path and visibility.
Suddenly, an angel-like shape appears, and it creates a triangular shape, an
electromagnetic field or delta, which rises from below to the top as if it is
moving in the tower.
Then horizontal turns into vertical and vertical into horizontal, when
+ on + = - (horizontal), + = vertical because the switch from – to + creates a
Y-axis. He now walks on the tower, and it seems as if it covers the sky. It
seems never-ending because it is an infinite circuit, a circle, when moving
on it, the person thinks going up or downwards furthermore, in fact, the
person is circulating... It lights up in different colours, with the patterns
shifting and changing in three combinations, and three new towers appear
to him.
These were the computer towers, called 1881s, also called ALLA (not
‘Allah)’ by Westerners. The 1881 designation is derived from the letters on
the left and right hand, representing our genome. The New World Order
was working with three branches to make these computers turn green.
When it worked, the New World Order would be established, and the
first tower could divide power over yet other demons and Antichrists,
Dajjals or call them sorcerers/necromancers.
Unfortunately, later, among Christians, the idea arose that the
Antichrist is a good Muslim man. Perhaps this is the reason, the Expendable
fled the country.
At one point, he sees four other people, who are also walking in the
distance on these paths. One is on the path of the Expendable, and he
unsuccessfully tries to catch up by speeding up.
Then he comes across the same tower, and the path starts to rise
again, so he starts walking over to the tower. He sees a mandatory exit, a
circle, which he enters.
He sees a beautiful woman waiting for him. ‘Have you done all this?’
She asks. ‘No!’ He replies indignantly. The woman stares at him. She looks
stunned! And the dream ends.
He is back in the air, and it looks like he has been ‘given wings’. He
is flying up with the Turkish soldiers. He is not invisible anymore. It seems
like he has delivered his burden. He pulls out his weapon and chases the
Turkish soldiers. He is a bit faster and more agile than the soldiers, he
notices.
He greets and passes some soldiers, and they ask him who he might
be. Some recognise him, and he says that he is a friend. They fly through
passageways, which are connected to airborne portals.
He tells the elite soldiers that he is actually a soldier and that he has
been treated strangely by the officers, none of which is true of course. After
brief but friendly small talk, they continue to talk during the journey, and he
is handed a sword by one of the soldiers.
He experiences the journey as if everything is moving fast. He
wonders how long it will still take to reach Mecca and where they will end
up.
They are starting to descend. The commander in the distance is
shouting orders to attack, and the battle is initiated!
The Mirrored Room
They descend and a round shape becomes visible. They are at the
back of the group, and they are ordered to step back. ‘He must go first,’
some soldiers say because he is an expendable. He looks at the other
soldiers, and everyone is in suspense and the adrenaline is rising. He hears
that beep in his ears again.
He decides not to argue and to enter and the soldiers follow. They
have entered a room with strange mirrors, with light shining on them from
different angles. The room has chambers, and each chamber possesses a
portal. They must decide which portal and route to take. They have to
determine the route themselves. A maze awaits them!
However, the weird phenomenon occurs that when the Expendable
tries to step in, it seems like a third power, a vision he is experiencing, lets
him rise. He sees that the light is a key, and this time the key is in the shape
of a NATO star. He tells this to the others, and the soldiers say they know
what to do.
They split into groups and enter the portals. The group with the
Expendable follows the commander, it seems that no one except the
commander knows the route. The commander does well in the beginning,
unfortunately, he makes a critical mistake. The Expendable accepts the
mistake. He mutters, ‘Once together, always together,’ a Turkish proverb.
And indeed, they are walking into an ambush set up by aliens and
human soldiers, who want to take on the elite Turkish troops. It is hand-to-
hand combat, and sword on sword. Swordfights while flying, turn the battle
into a spectacle.
The Expendable realises that he is slightly inferior in sword fighting
to the rest of these soldiers, he retaliates when he is attacked. After a while,
he realises he is faster than other soldiers, whether he can also sword fight
is questionable for him. A jinn soldier approaches him and he pulls his
weapon again. He hears the beeping in his ears and a momentum arises,
slowing time and making his reactions even faster. It is as if time stands
still. He also realises that he possesses the ability to slow time. Simply by
looking and thinking that time is slowing down, he manages to slow time
and turn the momentum forward to the advantages of the Turkish soldiers.
He attacks the jinn soldier, time passing in slow motion, in
momentum. He lashes out quickly. He is a little hesitant in the beginning,
when he sees a second jinn soldier coming towards him, he swings his
sword again. A mortal blow! That is how his frenzy begins.
Unfortunately, the commander gets severely injured during a fight
and someone else wants to take command. The Expendable takes advantage
of the situation. He walks towards the soldier and asks him and the other
soldiers if he can take command. He tells them, he knows exactly how to
walk in these portals. The soldier asks him how he can fight in such an
unnatural way, and he replies that it is a difficult and long story and that he
does not know exactly. He says that he may have mastered a prototypical
technology, a ‘prototypical human’, he jokes, another small boast. The
soldier admits that he does not know much about this warfare and does not
wish to lead anyway, because the chance of survival is simply too small.
They walk the route, and along the way, they meet one other group of
men in the mirror rooms. It is just as overwhelming, as is getting used to
seeing friends alive. At the end of the route, the Expendable shows
leadership. He leads the others in the portal and takes a different route in
search of the two other groups.
He finds one group, and moments later he finds the second group, that
was lost. At least, a small group of soldiers is left, they have been
confronted with heavy resistance. He also encourages them to come along,
that he knows the route. Moments later, they fly out of the mirror room
together.
The Muslim soldiers, lead by the Expendable enter and can see
another room with a strange spinning rotor, with a portal in the distance that
three men enter. Before they do, the Expendable and the soldiers see a flash
of light, and in momentum, the Expendable decides to intercept this flash of
light. Fortunately, he does because it is a lightning bolt that would strike
with dire consequences. He swats it away with his right hand and feels the
pain of death.
He takes the lead and guides the army to its destination. In the
momentum, he can dodge bullets and move around space super-fast. He
eliminates some enemy soldiers. Then he is at the spinning reactor, and he
sees a control switch, he wants to use.
An ordinary-looking enemy soldier comes towards him, the
expendable also wants to beat him in momentum. Though, to his complete
surprise, the young man can also get into a momentum. The Expendable
recognises him, or his precursor: it is the other man he saw walking on the
green tower, where horizontal became vertical and the dimensions switched.
He asks the soldiers to launch a final attack on the companions to support
him against this young man.
The young man seems to excel in sword fighting and small arms. He
shoots and the Expendable retreats into a momentum, again and again, and
again. He has had enough of this. In a rage, he waves his sword.
The young man makes some brilliant feints and diversions, and they
both go into a momentum. The Expendable narrowly escapes death at the
hands of this bad guy, who can turn the tide of the war. He is an outstanding
fighter and a master of magic. He moves with his hands and creates a
fireball. The Expendable thinks: ‘I should be able to do that too’. And yes,
copycatting works and they shoot at each other. Fire on fire causes an
implosion and the shape of a flower becomes visible. Related to a plant of
fire?
The Expendable decides to quickly shoot a second fireball at him in a
momentum. In a momentum, it is easily avoided, he tries to annoy the
young man. The Expendable deliberately lets his adrenaline flow in a
momentum, and the environment seems to move. He sows fear in the
enemy for a moment, and then he does something strange.
In the past, he acquired knowledge about this ‘magic’, and he thinks
this person is an elite companion, who is connected to the master via a slave
system. This means he has taken over the same powers through a trick
using the swastika. In any case, he assumes the same applies.
By raising his adrenaline and then employing another trick against the
person, he succeeds in breaking his power. A triangle becomes visible in the
sky. Some can see this as a hallucination. He thinks the young man is a
great soldier of evil.
He tries to attack in momentum, and the person fails to stay in the
same momentum. Now it becomes obvious how skilled this person is in
sword fighting. The young man is still a match for the Expendable, even
without being able to use the advantage of the momentum!
He decides on another trick. He shoots at the rotating reactor-like
equipment and sees that the young man rushes towards it to make this
fireball ricochet. He chases him, and then it becomes a game of cat and
mouse. Eventually, the fighter decides to go into the portal. As he goes in,
he shouts out and yells at people. A bullet hits him, and he bleeds while
moving through the portal.
They both move through the portal and suddenly they are outside.
The Expendable sees the Dajjal hanging over Mecca and experiences the
devastation of the Kaaba from a different perspective than the rest of the
population around the pilgrimage site. He swings his sword and puts
himself in a momentum. He sees that the Dajjal is also gaining momentum,
still, he manages to hit him.
The Dajjal drops his staff and is stabbed to death by the Expendable
under the cry of ‘Allahu Akbar’. The Kaaba is partly destroyed by a
lightning bolt and a fireball.
The other two Antichrists and the young man go back into the portal,
together with the Expendable and wreak havoc in space. So, the young man
is also back, he is lying on a bridge at the top near the ceiling, seriously
injured.
The Expendable calls the men to watch the young man. He is going to
try to duel the other two Antichrists. He notes that the momentum is the
same and does not want to dare to apply this trick the second time. He
thinks the Antichrists are too smart for that.
In a momentum, he shoots with his gun and luckily hits one of them
in the shoulder. One of the Antichrists falls to the ground and moans in
pain.
The second tries to protect him and goes on the attack. He is an old
man with some skills in sword fighting, and his lightning bolts and fireballs
do not touch the Expendable, as if his power is weaker.
The injured Antichrist is being shot at by soldiers. Where the young
man hides is a mystery. He has suddenly disappeared without a trace. The
Turkish fighters are also shooting at another person, probably the injured
young man. The young man strikes, however, he is stopped by the
Expendable, who wants to protect the Turkish troops. Occasionally he calls
on them and puts them in a momentum, and just in such a momentum a
Turkish soldier shoots the young man dead. An unexpected momentum is
turning the tide.
Pursued by the last Antichrist, the Expendable decides not to flee and
opts instead for a momentum. The Antichrist makes a lateral movement,
blocks the Expendable, headbutts him, and kicks him in the stomach.
The Expendable puts a Turkish warrior in a momentum. The warrior
waves his sword, unfortunately, the Antichrist turns around and stabs him to
death. Another soldier comes for revenge; he blocks his attacks.
The Expendable is recovering from the pain in his belly. He steps
towards the Antichrist and opts for a trick. He makes a gesture and lets a
fireball rise in a momentum. He takes another step towards the Antichrist.
The Antichrist understands the trick and steps back into a momentum and
raises a fireball too, he is too late. The Expendable has gotten too close. He
throws the fireball, and the Antichrist must do the same. Both are seriously
injured by the implosion (creating a plant of fire) of the fireballs, though the
Antichrist seems to be finished instantly.
The Expendable says to a nearby officer that little time is left, and in
his spiritual experience, demand is arising for a transfer of power.
He wants to pass on the energy and knowledge to the officer before
he dies. They go into a momentum for the last time, and both experience
psychosis. Angels seem to move towards them, lined up. The angels kneel
beside them. The expendable's last words aloud: ‘Only in the darkest hours,
commander. Only in the darkest hours, you may use this wisdom and the
energy.’
The energy is transferred, and the new commander experiences
flashbacks of the past and sees the struggle on Earth and how the war can or
will develop, a bitter final battle for the Muslims. The energy belongs to the
matrix, a key to the future.
The New Commander Applies His Trick
The Muslim soldiers in this dimension have to enter the portals in a
holy war against Christianity. That is the goal!
Meanwhile, the Muslim soldiers are fighting millions of Zoroastrians,
Christians, and evil companions and are trapped.
The commander decides to direct the portals to the portals, where the
fighting takes place, and to join the battle. He uses the momentum well and
wants to confront the devil and its companions. He decides to apply a trick
to one of the portals. He enters a portal with the help of a special device, he
has obtained from the military base and takes control of an area of portals.
Then he lets as many soldiers possible through to the devil’s own
dimension.
The commander almost dies, after being hit by a Christian soldier.
Wounded, he falls into the portal. The remaining trapped Muslim fighters
die fighting.
The Muslims, who escaped, do not celebrate their escape. They
mourn the victims and are overwhelmed by humanity’s centuries-long
preparations for this momentum.
On a screen on one of the computers in the dimension, they view
Earth and see different rays of energy up in the sky of the planet.
Today in the Future: Without One, No Today
Little time is left. The predictions have come true. The Muslims have
been defeated on many fronts. Events cannot be reversed anymore, still, one
thing has not yet happened, and that is the final war against each other,
which must be prevented.
The Christians hold a meeting in Zurich and decide to create an
international force of elite soldiers and station jets near the city of Mecca.
This decision is recorded as the Zurich Pact, and its focus is on conquering
a flagship of the Champions. Military strategists point out that the flagship
must be located near the city of Mecca. This is a convenient location
because the Antichrist’s fleet also enters the atmosphere from the centre of
Earth.
The Muslims will have to rescue the Prophet Isa as soon as possible
by lifting him out of the electronic lounger and taking him and the others to
a safe location. The Military strategists contact the commander of the
Muslims by using secret communication lines. They agree on this issue.
The codes of the Enigma are directly passed from the artificial moon
to the Muslims, in the expectation that they will continue the fight as soon
as possible and activate the Enigma. Its importance for world peace and the
just cause is proclaimed.
The future is changeable.
The Attack on the Fort
Rewinding the scenario…
The commander (rehabilitated) thinks about some pressing issues and
about how the future might change. The tide could change for another
reason. He might be killed now, or the Christians might betray them. All
kinds of questions about the future come to mind.
He commands the soldiers to do what he says. He does not want to
hear any resistance of any form about this command. Nevertheless, a group
dares to resist. They are serious and draw their weapons. Everyone points
their weapons at each other.
The commander asks them to understand the heart of the matter: ‘It is
our destiny, our destiny, and the more we postpone it, the less chance we
have of a future. Allah is great, for Allah wants us to save the prophet.’
The Enigma has since come under the control of the command.
Flash forward…
The fort would be extremely dangerous to invade. It is the heart, the
core, of the enemy army. The Muslim command had no choice, but to go to
war and try to attack the fort with a great force. It was too risky to wait, and
the spaceships were important for aerial support.
One hundred thousand men were equipped with modern laser swords
found in the hangar, which were effective against the enemy in the light
tunnels, after entering the portals. Modern handguns were also taken.
The other part of the army was sent to clear the other six portals to
the seventh heaven. The army had to try to clear and keep the light tunnels
in the vicinity of the portals to the seven dimensions.
They lifted themselves with the spacesuits through to the system and
began their journey. Portals opened to the location, and in the light tunnels
echoed ‘Allahu Akbar’. The soldiers moved to the location at lightning
speed, and a digital occupancy gauge determined whether the men were
being allowed to pass through the tunnels. Step by step, portal by portal,
they flew towards the fort.
Closer to the fort, the excitement mounted, because alarms went off
and sounded in the tunnels. Moments later, the first soldiers passed the
portals of the Antichrist, and the first cries of distress became audible.
The army surprised the enemy. The army spread around the portals,
trying to attack the fort in a circulating movement from multiple fronts
using the system of portals.
Déjà Vu Has Become Reality
Flash forward…
The army encountered enormous resistance. Behind each portal, the
enemy waited to ambush the incoming soldiers.
First, the light tunnels had to be passed and then the passageways,
which led to the maze of portals, had to be reached.
In the light tunnels, the Muslims faced all kinds of strange hominids,
mutated at the hands of the Antichrist, who had designed creations that
could make his army more graceful and stronger. The Muslims had created
a sense of déjà vu about this way of waging war...
Creatures, half-human, half-animal, and people with magical powers
were on standby in every passageway and system of portals with light
tunnels. The fanatical and religious people were shocked, yet they did not
give up.
The well-trained and driven army of the Antichrist hit back hard,
however, as if they were missing something, something that seemed to build
up in the Muslims. It was as if the soldiers were being driven as if
something heavenly was coming at them and encouraging them.
The soldiers struggled in the passageways after they won the battle
with the companions in the light tunnels. They were under fire in the
passageways. It was a matter of acting quickly and showing courage.
In the passageways, they had to enter systems of portals, right portals
in the right order. The soldiers called out the order to each other, the order
changed between portals. For example, if one came from Portal A, one had
to go to Portal C, and if one came from Portal B, one had to go to Portal E.
It kept changing.
And the mutilations were awful.
Many men did not know which way to go in the passageways, and
they had to constantly switch between hand-to-hand battles and gunfights.
They always had to exchange weapons and show daring and speed when
they came out of the portals.
After an hour of fighting, the Muslims gained the upper hand. It
became an uneven and difficult battle between the entire army of Muslim
soldiers and the ten thousand soldiers of the Antichrist. The reinforcements
were lacking this time.
The commander addressed the soldiers: ‘Soldiers, for a long time,
since I have entered the dimensions, I see a spiritual cross symbol in a
certain corner, which seems to appear in heaven, as was described in the
book The Pyramids and Triangles. I have examined it, yet it is still a
mystery that this is happening. Now in this fortress, I see not only that
spiritual cross, I feel heavenly energy, which tells me an important person is
here.’
In a room, an ancient device was installed, which looked like a
primitive version of a portal’s computer. It was an advanced mechanism,
which after pressing a button, caused beams of light to reach another space
and a portal to open.
Muslim fighters were urged to use this new space, where soldiers of
the Antichrist had lined up. The Muslim soldiers, who had entered the
passageway all entered this space. They outnumbered the enemy. The other
soldiers waited at the entrance of the portal.
There was a coffin in the room, it was empty!
Of course, it was the future that changed. The entire army could start
the attack on the army of companions in a certain area, and they were
already confused by the earlier confrontation. Despite many losses, the
battle was fought. Now or never!
Noah’s Ark and the entire war fleet had to become operational. The
estimated time they had was about two weeks before the arrival of the entire
army of destruction of the new ruler.
The Return of the Prophet Isa (Jesus)
Flash forward…
A strange task awaits the Muslim commander. He taps the keys of the
computer attached to the Enigma.
The prophet and the other companions will have to be removed from
the electronic loungers, and then Noah’s Ark will have to become
operational. The war fleet of the new ruler (Antichrist) will arrive in only a
few weeks.
The prophet and the other victims are removed from the electronic
loungers, a process everyone may watch.
The Muslims knew the concept of the Holy Spirit, not in the way
described by Christians. The ‘Surah Yasin’ provides a picture of the Holy
Spirit and what it may look like. When it comes to the Holy Spirit, the
difference between Islam and Christianity is that Islam associates the Holy
Spirit with the angel Gabriel. It is also associated, in this book, with the
Root of life. All the energy involved in the life of humankind, maybe also
with plant and animal life together forming this energy, can be called the
Root of life. The devil possesses his own Root, the Saint Root, the trinity,
which is connected to and emulates the Root of life. With this, he tries to
conquer the energy of life little by little.
Every human possesses a constellation. For example, the
constellation ‘Ahmed’ is destined for prophets. Every human being has a
different constellation. Constellations are formed by two angels, and this is
the life energy of a human being.
The Muslims do not believe in a trinity with the Father, the Muslims
only believe in constellations formed by angels, who create life energy, the
Holy Spirit is formed by all the constellations of living beings. The energy,
radiated by constellations is called ‘nūr’.
Still, the trinity is a power not to be underestimated. All humans are
affected by the devil, it tries to emulate the Root of life, creating its own evil
constellations, by using knotting machines, it hooks to the body of people.
In the end, a trinity is formed, connected to the Prophet Isa (Jesus),
spreading to at least all humans and creating a Saint Root, the trinity is
surely different from the Holy Spirit.
Meanwhile, a message is received from another group of soldiers,
who have already reached the flagship: Noah’s Ark has become operational!
The Final Countdown
All over the world, music can be heard. The Muslims on the land do
not yet understand it. They fight on and continue their attacks.
On TV and radio, journalists attempt to describe the war for the
Arabian Peninsula. The media announces that a higher power will attack
Earth with enormous battlecruisers and other spaceships.
To everyone’s shock, it really happens. People are in disbelief that the
prediction is becoming true. All over the world, sirens are sounding, and the
Air Force gathered near the city of Mecca is placed on standby.
It turns out to be a false alarm, in the first instance. The flagship
contacts the army command. It is Noah’s Ark. Moments later a growl
rumbles through the air. This may be a sign that the prophet and the jinn
accompanying him have been freed from the devil’s fortress.
The commander of Noah’s Ark salutes the leaders of Earth’s defence
force and joins the alliance.
The commander brings the unwelcome news that, according to the
Enigma, the enemy war fleet will approach in about an hour. That the
enemy has chosen this moment. Shortly thereafter, the sirens sound on
Earth again. The enemy fleet will arrive in one hour, is the message!
When the enemy air fleet arrives in formation, the commander
decides to give the shields full power. More jet aircraft join the fleet in the
skies, creating an impressive display of military equipment. The Air Force
has support from the ground.
The End of the World as We Know (3)
Flash forward…
The military leaders learned that danger was approaching. In space,
an enormous fleet of large and small spaceships moved towards Earth.
Scientists highlighted the danger, and all nations of Earth were
required to mobilise. On TV, images of the objects on their way to Earth
were shown.
Attempts were made to communicate with the fleet, although they
were unsuccessful. From unofficial sources came the news that the people
had gone too far by disabling the system of portals and that this system
should have been respected. Those in control of the portals were unhappy
with the actions of the Muslim army and decided to make the people suffer.
A devil appeared and announced the end of the world. It was
certainly not the angel Israfil, who did this. The devil gave a specific signal
to its people, that the end of the world had arrived. This signal was
delivered in the same way that Israfil would, by blowing an instrument
audible all over the world. Blowing created a frequency that caused people,
who committed their lives to the devil, to drop dead instantly! There was
talk of cloning, they were simply eliminated. They had gone ‘offline’.
All people were shocked and afraid that natural disasters would now
occur. Something else happened. The ships of the devil’s companions
dropped the camouflage of their shields and became visible. The situation
had become more serious. The invasion had begun! Most dangerous were
the transport ships, which carried the companions.
People were amazed, and in all countries, the sirens wailed. Radio
and TV broadcasts showed that the situation was becoming dangerous and
that people had to stay at home. Later, all lines of communication were
blocked.
Heads or Tails?
The enemy fleet targets Noah’s Ark, and the Ark targets the
mothership of the enemy fleet.
A required and mandatory curve in the future...
Noah’s Ark has never taken action so far. The Muslim command
knows the Ark works the same as the Enigma, with which they have been
able to work for two weeks. They have figured out most of the functions of
the Enigma, still, they have not been able to figure out many of the special
functions.
Noah’s Ark is equipped with the famous cannon, and both shields are
operational. The commander decides to manoeuvre the ship forward, and
the fleet moves along with it. The jets fly through the air because most jets
cannot float in the air. When Noah’s Ark reaches a speed, agreed in advance,
all aircraft will fly in formation, backing up the legendary cruiser.
The first enemy interceptors (UFOs) are within reach, and the first
dogfights begin. Soon the larger battlecruisers come into target position.
These are flying in formation: three battlecruisers are moving in front of the
mothership.
The Muslim commander decides to target the mothership, the fleet
runs into the fire barrier provided by the battlecruisers in front. It takes ten
seconds to put the cannon in firing position. How much can Noah’s Ark
withstand?
The commander of the Ark asks the smaller spaceships and Earth’s
defence force to direct their attacks at the battlecruisers on the left and the
right. He will aim the cannon at the battlecruiser in the middle. He further
orders the crew to fly backwards at full power, to lure the enemy fleet into
the middle of a fire barrier. All rear shields are set on low, and the front
shields are doubled in strength.
A critical hit deals a blow to the mothership, which cannot yet fire on
Noah’s Ark. Amid the excitement, a countdown begins. The Muslim
commander must wait another ten seconds for the cannon, with a superior
range compared to the weapons of all other battlecruisers, to be reloaded.
Three, two, one, fire! This time, the enemy battlecruiser to the right of
Noah’s Ark is hit, which immediately knocks out the power all over the
ship.
Noah’s Ark still flies backwards at full power, and the shields now
have to withstand firing from the mothership on the left, which fires her
cannon. The commander shouts: ‘Activate the fire shields!’ The cannon
blast is deflected, and the damage is minimal.
The commander sees an opportunity. He orders the crew of Noah’s
Ark to move the vessel forward at full throttle, on a collision course. Now
the enemy’s mothership is in a favourable position, open to a direct hit from
the side! Noah’s Ark is also under attack from the sides. The fight will not
endure for long, as the mothership of the enemy has caught fire from
attacks by other vessels.
With a deafening and banging noise, the enemy’s mothership gains
speed. Soon the rest of the fleet moves towards space.
The second fleet with transport ships, full of men, appears. In a panic,
the ships are all trying to escape after watching the battle unfold.
The deafening and banging noise echoes through the sky again. The
mothership drops its camouflage with very high speed, and in flames, it
heroically joins the battle once more. Noah’s Ark must turn right to confront
the mothership. As a result, the transport ships seem to be speeding towards
Earth, on a suicide mission. Now the transport ships can descend without
much interference.
The shields on the left are set at full power, the front shields on
normal, and the rest at the lowest power. Noah’s Ark scores another critical
hit against the burning mothership. For a moment, the mothership’s engines
seem to fail, yet then they start running normally again. Noah’s Ark is going
to have to withstand two battlecruisers at once, one was already disabled.
The commander decides to postpone the fight. He knows that the
mothership cannot withstand much more and that the enemy is forced to
attack the Arabian Peninsula and make an airdrop. This strategy is not ideal.
Though, there is no other choice. With that thought, Noah’s Ark speeds into
space, to an unknown dimension, to escape the enemy.
The Ark has suffered severe damage, and the fires on board must be
extinguished if they want to keep the ship. They decide to camouflage the
ship and work on it somewhere in space until the coast is clear to return.
Two other enemy battlecruisers with minor damage reach Earth’s
atmosphere and lead the transport ships in an invasion of Earth. The
mothership, still in flames, enters the atmosphere and starts firing at a city.
After firing a few rounds, it explodes with a loud bang.
Earth’s pilots cheer. They focus on the remaining vessels, including
small interceptors, the remaining two battlecruisers and the two new
battlecruisers with their support ships. Patriot and other anti-aircraft
missiles are deployed against the enemy vessels and they have some effect.
The enemy decides not to risk spreading the transport ships widely
over Earth and initiates the invasion around southern Iraq. In large numbers,
they have come, and the landing is a success so far, according to their
experience. Although some transport ships have been brought down, losing
a few ships is better than losing everything...
Flash forward…
Once ashore, the companions spread panic. The people were
especially afraid of the many strange beings, who fought for evil. Some
were monstrously mutated; they were assisted by human companions. Jinns
were also among them. Half-human, half-animal creatures emerged from
the ships. They were armed with swords and laser weapons.
Before the people could do anything, the companions began the
humiliation. Their mission was clear, and the devil was ruthless in its
execution. The order was to exterminate all people.
Within days, the leaders of Earth’s army form a front against this
heavily armed enemy, one that will focus on the port city of Basra. Due to
the limited supply of ammunition and food, the enemy quickly fizzles out.
The people fight bravely against the enemy army, which wants to advance,
which instead suffers heavy losses.
The enemy also seems to be losing the air battle.
This time, tanks are successfully deployed against the enemy. The
enemy has little chance against the advancing tanks.
After about a week, the enemy announces its withdrawal.
Coincidence or a conscious choice?
The transport ships pick up the last survivors and the enemy retreats.
Noah’s Ark returns to Earth. Its shields are operational, and the crew
has extinguished the fires. The ship is stable.
Flash forward…
During the invasion, star-shaped structures appeared all over the sky,
visible to every human being. The sky also revealed a path, on which an
army was marching. Many soldiers marched along this path, which
suddenly snapped in two, and they seemed to fall off the path and burn up
in the atmosphere.
Events occurred, which made people think that the Muslim fighters
were also struggling. Several people reported that ‘demonic soldiers’
appeared behind them and that they saw soldiers, armed with swords,
spears, and axes, who chased them. For these people, the experience was
terrible because they ended up in the middle of a fight.
Strange soldiers, who looked like skeletons, carrying masks seemed to
make the fighting exceedingly difficult for the Muslim warriors. They
attacked them while hiding behind innocent civilians. Each skeletal soldier
had a unique tone and musical sound, and each moved with a real sound,
which had a psychological impact during battles. The sounds rose and fell
as the distances grew and shrank, and sometimes soldiers were tricked into
pursuing these sounds. As soon as a soldier tried to reach a sound, it
jumped from human to human and hid behind people, sometimes behind
children.
This occurred mostly in Islamic countries. The demonic soldiers
targeted soldiers’ families, hiding behind their wives and children, making
it more difficult for the men to wage war. The skeletal soldiers jumped from
‘terra’ to ‘terra’ and hid behind people and attacked the Muslim soldiers.
The soldiers did not always see reality and sometimes stared blankly at a
hologram.
In some cases, soldiers accidentally killed their own children,
cousins, and other loved ones. They were used as human shields. The
demonic soldiers moved behind and around people and used a strange
technique to subdue the enemy. They created a magnetic barrier, which
prevented soldiers from directly confronting them.
The people, used as human shields, had previously been mutated by
evil. They saw two black spots or dots before their eyes.
Rewind the reset...
It is not fate that cannot change. The direction may already have been
determined, still, adjustments can always be made.
On to replay…
The Islamic countries are restored, and the West will contribute to the
reconstruction of the Islamic civilisation. The world will be led by the
prophet to a new era of peace. Reset, Rewind... Or Replay?
End
The Pyramids and Triangles: Book 5
Replay
Slavery
Let us replay the scenario based on the newly acquired knowledge... The
perfect scenario... It is quick and action-packed!
Modern slavery. Everyone knows a bit about what that could be. One
has to understand people, who think that under some circumstances, serving
a third party can be a form of slavery. So, some even consider labour a form
of modern slavery.
Nowadays, danger lurks for humanity. A threat, which is written
about in the Bible and the Hadith. It is about the mutation of man in the
form of the Mark of the Beast. The Muslims name it a mutation in the way
people are being marked as ‘mumin’ and ‘kafir’, which means the good and
the evil. The Hadith, sometimes viewed as an explanation of the Quran, a
supplement to it that contains the statements of the Prophet Muhammad,
refers to this mutation.
For the devil, it probably means survival. A victory over humanity, by
forcing humanity into modern slavery.
One day the sun will rise from another position, and humanity will
realise that the end of the world has come. Islamic scholars say...
Today, we still live in freedom, in a reality that we determine for
ourselves. We live, linked to the angels, and Gabriel is the Holy Spirit (the
Root). Together with the Holy Spirit the Christians believe in, it forms a
whole, a world of mysticism and magic created by it. In other words, the
Root and the Saint Root, as I call them in this book. Nowadays, humankind
is entangled by the Saint Root, and all are connected to it.
The branching required from Gabriel is caused by intervention, which
I assign with a ‘plant of fire’ (referring to the Quran), or black magic, or the
source of black magic, the Saint Root. The connection is named the Mark of
the Beast, dividing us into two divisions, ‘mumin’ and ‘kafir’.
So, the Root is the Holy Spirit, composed of ‘nūr’, or trace elements.
All angels together form the Holy Spirit. The Root of life is naturally
formed. The power of the devil is formed by the Saint Root, formed from
spiritual crosses, based on the technology of the pyramids and triangles and
others. Although, I am not sure how the devil’s power arises. I think he
hooks up to the Holy Spirit through the Prophet Jesus. Therefore, there is
also a power struggle between the Antichrist and the Prophet Isa/Jesus.
Through a trick, the devil succeeds in preventing the servants of God,
the angels, from equating its dimension to ours. For this event, he uses
captives, human slaves and servants, which he uses as human shields.
The dimension is also called the jinn world, which the Muslims talk
about all the time. It is often the breaking point in thinking, more often
there is incomprehension about this kind of thinking about dimensions.
We must imagine that we are living in a matrix and that the jinn also
normally were in the same matrix. By evil means, the matrix is now divided
in two, an invisible one for the jinn and people. Perhaps we can now only
reach each other through equipment. The matrix X has spit in two X...
Our planet is probably the planet, which is linked to the real Holy
Spirit, Gabriel. It must be 99.9999 per cent of the Universe; we are part of
that. The jinn world, with innocent jinn slaves, which has come into the
hands of the devil, constitutes 0.0001 per cent (the numbers are an
estimate).
Suppose the devil disrupts our planet and humanity, then we will also
belong to the jinn world... So, the day the sun rises from another position, is
the day humankind will have to fight for freedom again. On that day, people
will probably fall asleep through a whistle, or partially into a coma or
something else, after which they will wake up the next day, according to the
plan of the devil. Disaster!
Humankind Demands Research
Scientists and even messengers arise, who try to lead humanity in
times of crisis. Through the actions of these people, governments decide to
act. An investigation is underway into the origin of the Saint Root, along
with its effects on the planet and the Universe. A difficult, long-term
investigation is planned.
Humankind wants to look for points of contact between astrology and
human constellations. They want to examine what the mutation, which can
lead humanity to slavery, means. So, scientists will try to determine which
matrix is invisible to our eyes, what position it has in the Universe, and how
we can enter it.
The Quran tells of a Zülkarneyn, who moves across a heavenly path
and creates a border, to the left and right, between the people and Gog and
Magog. Humanity wants access to this technology to reach this dimension.
In the case of a direct attack of unknown origin, an expeditionary force can
strike where necessary.
We want access to the Saint Root. We must achieve this!
With this technology, we want to enter the dimension and bring the
Prophet Isa and the other prisoners back to our reality. With this technology,
the reign of terror of the devil must finally end.
The plan is therefore drawn up in black and white. According to
some, this is foolish; others stand behind it and believe research is justified
and timely.
Science Searches for Clues
Many clues can be found on Earth, and the Quran and the Bible are
important clues. Archaeological finds, specifical artefacts, are also being
collected and examined by teams of scientists.
Important are the pyramid-shaped artefacts, which humankind has
excavated over the centuries or acquired in other ways. These square
objects, viewed as mysterious and whose function remains unknown, have
been waiting somewhere for decades or centuries.
As humanity learns more about the action of opposing gravity, or
antigravity, scientists more fully understand the workings of the pyramids
and triangles. The scientists have seen that these objects work together and
form a key, which they call the physical key to the matrix. The matrix is the
access to the dimension of the devil, so via the Saint Root.
Earth has progressed well, and people speak of a new technological
era. Humankind has come so far that they have developed vessels, which
can fly above Earth and travel to space and back again. This has been made
possible by a new form of propulsion: antigravity.
An engine that cleverly uses the existing gravity, propels the vessel by
bending magnetism, which creates a bend from the Z+ to a nearby Z-axis,
causing the magnetism to bend 90 degrees from that position. By doing this
four times, from four angles, in the same way, gravity bends at 360 degrees.
In other words, a force opposite to gravity is created.
Z, Y, X, Y, Z on top.
Z–, Z, Y, X, Y, Z, Z– in the middle.
Z, Y, X, Y, Z beneath.
The image below shows one side:
The X-, Y-, and Z-axes
Yet, it is more difficult than it seems to start a war using the airspace
against the unknown. The lined-up interceptors and battlecruisers must
jump into an open portal, using the matrix key, and then enter another
dimension.
This means that from an X-axis, they must jump to a Y-axis, in such a
way that the personnel and vessels remain intact. This is possible! However,
it is too costly, and not enough men can penetrate the planetary system with
transport ships.
Humanity has another plan that opens two fronts to the unknown
dimension. The plan is that the space fleet will immediately attack the Saint
Root, at least the mainframe or superconductor, which keeps the magnetic
system intact. They are going to make a landing and try to enter the Saint
Root, a separate dimension between heaven and Earth, where the X- and Y-
axes meet.
The men are specially trained and the best in sword duels and at
shooting with advanced laser weaponry, called phasers. The swords are
mostly laser swords. The future has started to look like some science fiction
movies, the fantasy is turning into a reality today. Technology-based on
humanity’s ideals is shaping reality.
From Earth, a complicated technique can be used to attack the
planetary system of an extra-terrestrial civilisation. It involves opening
portals on several fronts or in several places in time to provide access to this
dimension or matrix. The dimension being mentioned is Matrix Y. Direct
access can be given from places on Earth to existing portals of the alien
civilisation. Some have already been discovered by the alien civilisation,
some may be undiscovered. People must attack the planets through this
system.
The technique works as follows: first, two lasers are combined or one
phaser is linked to the open portal, after which a link with the Saint Root is
achieved. The beams are N/S polarised, which means, they are magnetically
charged because two phases move together, synchronised to each other. By
holding the phase via an electromagnetic coupling, the Saint Root is
maintained, and the portals of this extra-terrestrial civilisation can be
reached. The method has of course been fully tested on Earth, and people
have travelled to distant destinations in this way.
People should not think the soldiers are now going to travel for many
hours. Using portals, the distances can sometimes be covered quickly;
sometimes it takes a while. It depends on the distance and time between the
two matrices. The time is determined by the distance between the two
portals, which is influenced by the turn of the dimensions and the existing
time gap.
The aliens have a modern civilisation. They move, using portals, to
locations in their lands and territories. They cannot reach Earth because of
the matrix key, which they do not yet possess. The wall of Zülkarneyn has
thus fulfilled its function, and we possess the keys!
The ground offensive is massive, still, it should not be seen as an
occupation. It is a surprise attack to catch the armies of an extra-terrestrial
civilisation by surprise, divert these armies, and draw them into a ground
war. The space fleet will then be able to match the strength of the enemy
space fleet, and transport ships will launch troops into space to reach the
mainframe/supercomputer in space.
The mainframe orbits like a spherical artificial moon near the planet.
This one possesses a cavity in the middle through which the aliens’ space
fleet can enter, from the centre of the planet. All merchant ships and
military ships use this route. So, it is the gateway to the planet itself. At the
same time, using the right technique and the right matrix key, the way to an
unprecedented dimension, which houses the mainframe.
It is somewhat strange to imagine, normal spaceships simply enter the
planet. Humanity realises that this must be the only way to find a dimension
called Matrix Y. In other words, when jumping from one’s home planet to
the Y-axis, that one is virtually back on the X-axis, doing this does not
change the fact that one is virtually back on the X-axis. However, by
jumping from the X-axis to the Y-axis and from there to the Z-axis, that’s
another story! The Z-axis is the route to the dimension, which houses the
mainframe.
The Plan for an Attack
The Reset and Rewind scenarios are dropped, and an alternative plan
is accepted by the military leaders of the alliance forces. Many countries are
taking part in this holy war. Many soldiers have volunteered to join the fight
against the alien civilisation. The operation becomes humanity’s fate and
reality, the choice between freedom and slavery.
The Reset and Rewind scenarios have been debated and rejected.
Earth must not wait for an attack by the forces of evil. The world must not
become a theatre of war, and the plan to establish a line of defence has been
discarded. The Reset and Rewind scenarios are certainly not going to
happen! They have been replaced by the plan to launch a surprise attack,
operation Replay.
The public does not yet know what the plans are, and an atmosphere
of mystery prevails on the day of truth. The men describe the operation as a
peacekeeping mission or exercise. Many consider the plan to be a revision;
that is why it is codenamed: Replay!
The battle plan has been carefully drawn up, and the strategists have
set out the squadrons’ primary objectives, which portals will be entered by
which squadrons and the location of the system of portals. The latter has
been calculated, using secret algorithms. The troops should not be surprised
by the extra-terrestrial force.
The generals and commanders remain honest and paint a realistic
picture of this war. It is thrilling, in terms of the element of surprise. The
people of Earth are aware that the plan is unlikely to surprise the devil: the
companions may warn the devil, and the devil expects humanity to be
capable of coming up with a complex Plan B!
The space fleet has already departed, the portals will soon be opened.
The first soldiers will enter the portals.
The men perceive that the space fleet is ready to enter the portals. The
time has come for the start of the ground war. It is a great plan, a hit-and-
run attack to paralyse the enemy army by starting a ground war, after which
the army will retreat through the portals again. A diversion, it is!
The plan is designed to give Earth’s forces the advantage. Earth’s
leaders know the Antichrist is hiding on Earth, so they have designed the
plan to ensure that this ‘lone wolf’ does not paralyse the planet. The armed
forces will find the devil (Satan) and his most faithful companions in
another dimension called Matrix Z.
The Attack Commences
Several lined-up squadrons walk into the portals. They immediately
send the good news that the planetary defences are taken by surprise.
Although, it seems the alien civilisations have taken some precautions
against this type of attack, as sirens instantly sound and inhabitants have
already locked themselves in their homes. The planet is technologically
advanced, and the enemy army is equipped with excellent military
equipment, almost identical to that used by Earth’s army.
One of the military’s objectives is to disrupt the enemy army by
destroying the satellites and other communications equipment and radar
systems so that the space fleet will have greater success. The aim is to
launch a blitzkrieg against military airports to keep as many planes
grounded as possible. In some places, specialists enter portals to disable the
rail systems, used to transport people and valuable goods.
In the portals, soldiers and jinn engage in sword fights. The jinns turn
out to be exceptional opponents because they think quickly and have
slightly better reflexes than humans. Humans have the advantage that they
are slightly stronger than the average jinn. Sometimes the fight moves from
outside the portals and to inside the portals.
Once ashore, army leaders try to map the areas using drones. The
soldiers are trying to achieve the pre-set objectives, most targets are later
entered into their onboard computers.
The attack is in full swing, and many vehicles have been captured
from the jinn, not only military vehicles with heavy weaponry but also
many antigravity vehicles for private use. These are now used by soldiers,
who cause chaos in these extra-terrestrial lands.
Within a day, the soldiers manage to achieve most of their objectives.
However, the alien planets are mobilising and are getting stronger. Even
though key areas are now occupied by Earth’s forces, alien volunteers,
police officers, and soldiers are advancing towards them. The soldiers are
on the defensive, waiting for the inhabitants of the planetary system to
react.
The great enemy space fleet, which the devil relies on, enters the
atmosphere through the entrance above the centre of the planet.
Earth’s forces attack the command centre belonging to this entrance,
which is also the portal to Matrix Z. It is an attack to deceive the enemy.
The mission is a success! Earth’s forces have achieved their final objective.
Now the soldiers on these extra-terrestrial lands have to get away...
It was noted in the plan that it would take a day or two to withdraw
Earth’s troops, and that is how it happens. Within 48 hours, the forces are
retreating. And what a departure! As the alliance fleet approaches, the
soldiers open the entrance. The first dogfights take place within the hour,
the pilots showing daring and firepower.
The space fleet enters one of the planets connected to the portal.
Earth’s agile antigravity fighters are inferior to the enemy’s fantastic super-
fast aircraft, however, this attack is also intended as merely a distraction.
More than half of the fighters are controlled remotely from the
flagship, which has anchored itself in space. This time, fewer pilots and
fewer precious lives will be lost.
The larger aircraft Earth has sent, are not the absolute best, still, they
contribute crucial firepower when facing the enemy battlecruisers. The
shields of the enemy battlecruisers can be taken out only with special
weaponry, including rail guns and phasers. Shooting mass with high
velocity is important.
Many battlecruisers are bombarded in a surprise attack by stealth
aircraft, with the fighters firing missiles and phasers. The attack seems to be
a success: the pilots are doing their utmost best, and the enemy air fleet
seems to thin.
More and more aircraft are entering the battle zone, and the
commander realises that it is time to return. He orders the Air Force to
withdraw. The new goal is to keep the flagship intact.
From within the barracks and the portals, it has been possible to
activate the target portal. The special forces, an elite force with superior
equipment and training, manages to enter Matrix Z. Never before has a
human, or a jinn, other than evil ones, entered this dimension. Are they
capable of defeating the army of the devil?
There is no more contact with these elite soldiers. The plan is to
defeat the devil and return to Earth using Matrix Z+, descending towards
Matrix Z-, which is a portal between heaven and Earth. It provides direct
access to Earth by moving through Matrix X to Matrix Y, then to Matrix Z,
moving upwards and downwards. It changes between positive and negative.
Earth is in Matrix Z- from this point of view.
The Battle in Matrix Z
The devil’s army is faintly visible in the distance, floating in
formation. Because of the dense fog, only the lights they carry, are visible.
The commander asks a soldier to open fire on the formation, as
expected, bullets and even phasers do no damage. It seems like the evil
army is protected by a shield or something hidden behind a portal.
Meanwhile, the men walk on land, the ground is not clearly visible due to
the thick fog. The dense fog reflects light from the ground.
The devil seems to have built a fortress in this dimension. At least it
seems that way at first glance.
The devil’s army floats in front of the fortress. Earth’s soldiers, armed
with phasers and laser swords, are heading towards them. The fortress
possesses a large portal, in which souls are captured, after which they are
forced to fight for their life.
As the men approach, with laser swords drawn, they see that some of
the companions also possess laser swords. The men glance at each other
from time to time, and they realise they are all a little afraid. The monsters,
in particular, cannot be underestimated, especially the many Grim Reapers,
skeletal figures wielding huge scythes. The soldiers could easily think they
have stepped into a Hollywood movie. It appears that perhaps Hollywood is
occasionally quite realistic. It depends on what movies people watch.
The soldiers are outnumbered by all kinds of horrible monsters, from
zombies to heavily armed soldiers. The commander estimates their number
at a hundred and fifty thousand, versus the hundred thousand elite soldiers.
As the soldiers come closer, they note that this fort looks like a
pyramid, all black, with an anomaly at the top. At the top, they see a fireball
with an eye. The soldiers suspect that this may be the devil’s all-seeing eye.
They are moving in formation, all of them heading towards the devil’s
army. The devil fires its fireballs. The commander gives the signal to
activate the reflective shields. Many of the fireballs are sent into the air.
Some bounce off towards the pyramid, which makes the dimension seem to
shake for a moment, the feeling of an earthquake and occurring as if a
short-circuit has occurred. The dimension or portal remains intact, and the
men shout the battle cry.
The rain of fireballs seems to have diminished the soldiers’ morale.
They are shocked! Shocked because they have faced death for a few
seconds. It could have been different, still, they are alive. Maybe the
dimension would immediately disintegrate, then shut down, and the devil
would find death.
The battle continues. Humanity makes the first move. The fighters
engage, it is men against devils...
The devil uses its second trump card, cavalry steps into the
dimension. The infantry soldiers armed with spears have to face them, it
seems as if that will be a catastrophe. The men are well equipped, still,
these cataphracts will certainly damage the line on the right flank, from
where they attack.
The cavalry, of which some soldiers are masked, approaches the line
with spears and shields. To everyone’s surprise, these shock cavalry seems
to break through the line of spears.
In the distance, a sheet of light appears, startling the cavalry’s horses.
Out of the sky, flying horses emerge, white horses with wings, Pegasus are
descending, with soldiers riding them.
‘Zülkarneyn’ sounds from the pyramid. Fireballs are fired at the
flying cavalry.
Zülkarneyn is a mysterious man written about in the Quran. He tried
to protect Earth from falling into the hands of Gog and Magog by creating
a wall of fire that prevents these beings from using time travel to land on
Earth.
The flying cavalry attacks the enemy cavalry. They encourage Earth’s
soldiers. An alliance and friendship are already in the making.
Zülkarneyn, the former king of men in this world, a world in another
matrix, has been waiting for an opportunity. This is it, he is seizing that
opportunity.
In the distance, it seems as if people and jinn, new infantry soldiers,
are arriving. The commander of Earth’s army gestures to Zülkarneyn, and
he gestures back, a gesture of ‘ours’!
Zülkarneyn was the king of the three planets, of the people and the
jinn, but what used to be so, changed. His reign was broken after a drawn-
out battle, a war of thousands of years, against the devil. Subsequently, the
three planets of the jinn seem to have been locked in an independence
struggle. Jinn against jinn, the devil displaced. Still, the devil overlooks its
dimensions.
It is now the armies of Zülkarneyn versus the devil, this time
supported by Earth. The soldiers of Zülkarneyn have been hiding in the
corners of this matrix and special dimensions and space.
‘I have been waiting for this moment:’ says Zülkarneyn. He raises his
thumb. The commander does this too and pats his heart. A good gesture
back!
The men are winning, that is clear. Despite the Grim Reapers offering
a lot of resistance, the men, with the help of modern weaponry, manage to
conquer the great monstrous creatures of the devil.
The pyramid shakes, the dimension shakes, and a portal opens. The
commander gestures to the special forces, who have brought a surprise with
them. They want to prevent this portal from closing after the devil’s soldiers
have all withdrawn. They turn on the device. It is a strange piece of
equipment, which is going to extend the existing portal. Because the
location of the existing portal changes, it is taken over ingeniously. It keeps
working and cannot be closed. The energy supply is also taken over.
In no time, all the demons and companions have withdrawn. The
commander orders Earth’s soldiers to gather in front of the portal.
Zülkarneyn and his men also do this. Zülkarneyn uses a device to examine
the portal, prays, and encourages his soldiers to continue the attack.
This time it will be a battle in the light tunnels. The triangles have
already become visible between here and now. Somewhere they orbit
around the dimension and create light tunnels. Using a special technique of
light incursion, resonance is forced through the pyramid, which results in
the cavity in space required for creating these tunnels.
The Déjà Vu Fight
The soldiers try to make their way through the passageways or light
tunnels, where the evil companions try to lure them into an ambush. Many
soldiers become demoralised because they see no way out of the maze.
They keep flying until they are exhausted. Others fight to the death.
It certainly is difficult. The soldiers jump from portal to portal, and
walls become paths and paths become walls. The dimensions transform
rapidly.
The commander and special forces manage to capture a few portal
systems. Miraculously, Zülkarneyn’s cavalry units are pushing through this
portal combination. After finding some dead ends, Zülkarneyn pulls the
wall straight, closing the time gap, allowing the cavalry to gallop over it and
fly.
The control room of the triangles, the pyramid, is guarded by elite
infantry soldiers of the devil. The cavalry is supported by infantry soldiers,
who jump out of the portals and charge the devil’s infantry soldiers.
Eventually, they capture the control room. They straighten the walls.
The soldiers briefly celebrate victory. The remaining companions will be
crushed.
Zülkarneyn and the commander ask some captives about the holy
fortress and the location of the prophet. They spot a portal they can neither
decipher nor enter.
Indeed, it can be entered only by using a perfect key, the matrix key
held by Earth’s forces.
The commanders ask the soldiers to enter this portal and gather in a
specific place. Their objectives are to activate the Enigma, collect the
military goods they find there, and free the prophet. Finally, Zülkarneyn and
the commanders of Earth’s forces enter the secret and undiscovered
dimension.
The Enigma
After entering the portal, they all walk through a passageway, which
leads to a large hangar. There, they see an enormous spaceship with several
smaller vessels and some vehicles. Activating the Enigma will likely
activate the spaceships in the hangar. After activation, they can find and
uncouple the source of the Saint Root and destroy it.
Some men are ordered to complete the work in the hangar and care
for the wounded. The Enigma becomes activated soon!
The other group marches on towards the source of the Saint Root.
They expect one last battle with the devil.
When they get near the source, they see a real towering tree. A
different approach results in a different event. They expected a towering
green tower... The approach from Matrix Z leads to the towering tree, a
plant of fire, which resembles the towering green tower...
How can this be the source of the Saint Root? Should the tree be cut
down? On the contrary! The tree must repair the damage of the Saint Root
over time, even if that is at the molecular level.
They see a round entrance near the tree. The entrance leads to a
stairwell that corkscrews downwards. Not far from above, they arrive at the
roots of the tree. In front of them is a being, its back turned towards them. It
is looking at a screen, on which the human eye can see only luminous
colours, mainly green and some bright red spots.
The shadowy figure quickly turns towards the soldiers. It creates a
fireball, feints towards the men and then shoots at them. It whips around
and creates a lightning bolt, which shoots up into the air before
disappearing into the darkness. What or who did it target at the end?
The combined forces have taken over the final control room! Working
as fast as they can, they disconnect the power supply. As they are leaving
the door beneath the tree, and without discussing his plan, Zülkarneyn
ensures a definitive end to this Saint Root by throwing a bomb towards the
computer and detonating it. The commander has doubts about this act, still,
he has to accept it.
Zülkarneyn claims that this technology is improper and will always
be used improperly, so people must always be aware of the dangers, even if
it represents a technological feat.
The Return of the Prophet
The rescuers briefly glimpse the Prophet Isa in his electronic lounger,
which cannot be opened without harming him. When the Enigma is turned
on, to everyone’s surprise, no portal opens. After shutting down the Saint
Root, the electronic lounger also automatically shuts down, and the prophet
is sent back to Earth. The portal opens on Earth, of course, under the
guidance of the archangel Gabriel. The prophet steps out of the portal,
preceded by the Antichrist and several other companions.
Shutting down the Saint Root led to the immediate, but natural death
of many people. These people, among them also ‘normal people’, die after
the computer leaves their brains. Thus, dependence is the cause of death.
The slaves certainly could not be saved, still, some people have been
hospitalised, complaining of headaches and paralysis. They might survive.
When the loungers were activated, both the prophet and the three
Antichrists got sucked back from their positioning to somewhere, the
energy found a balance in action and reaction...
The Prophet Isa/Jesus waits in the room, where the Antichrist and his
two close companions were lying on the floor, short of breath. He waits
until the Antichrist and his companions die and then decides to leave the
room.
To his horror, the special forces of Earth, unaware of who they are
taking on, are lurking in his way. These special forces soldiers have
entrenched themselves and penetrated deep within enemy territory. The
angel Gabriel immediately shows himself and intercedes effectively,
bringing peace by quickly disarming the boys and asking them for calm. He
introduces the prophet to them.
Pointing to the Antichrist, the prophet asks them to understand the
situation. He shows them the reason why it is over, gesturing at their fallen
enemies. This war is over: the Antichrist is dead.
The prophet steps over to one of the soldiers and lets himself be
handcuffed. Together with the soldiers, he leaves the room. Gabriel
disappears in a beautiful glow.
The return of the prophet is soon news all over the world. The prophet
has returned, the war has been won, and a real and different New World
Order will begin. In the meantime, riots break out in all cities in the world
because the companions are instigating revolt. Many cities are in chaos. The
news of the prophet’s return, supported by real images disseminated
through official and reliable sources, creates a new populist movement.
Within a short time, the insurgents give in, and some yield. The rebellion is
over quickly, as the rebels come to their senses! The new movement is
peaceful, and the peace movement spreads throughout the world. Euphoria
reigns all over the world.
All spiritual leaders meet and are introduced to the prophet. As of this
day, one religion reigns in the world, the leaders announce, after seeing the
images and evidence. The prophet designates the right people, the
messengers, as leaders. some are a surprise, that is for sure! Political games
are over, and unification is the order of the day.
The prophet says that he expects a period of peace and tolerance in
the world. That humanity only has one thing left to fear: a war in the future.
With the war, he refers to the war against Gog and Magog. This war will
most likely be fought on Earth. He says this will probably come, yet
nothing is certain yet. The future is unpredictable!
What is also true, is that humanity is ‘pure’ now and therefore can
think much more clearly about the future.
Gog and Magog
On Earth, people work hard and achieve great technological feats.
The world economy rapidly becomes much more efficient.
No one can say when a potential enemy will rise and with how many
men they will attack. According to Islam, Gog and Magog will appear from
different places, such as mountains and valleys on Earth. This vision means
that they are likely to attack by using portals.
Humanity estimates the chance of victory at fifty-fifty. The chances
are that these creatures act out of groupthink. For these species, the leader is
the most important, and they listen closely to what this leader is telling
them.
The command realises that Earth cannot properly withstand a long-
term war of attrition. If food supplies are compromised, Earth falls. Thus,
the war has to be short-lived: a fast-paced war on Earth and the surrounding
planets, with allies against a common enemy.
Intelligence agencies report that the attack is likely to be launched
using the large air castles again, also known as the flying pyramids, in
cooperation with the triangles, which will orbit in space at a certain angle
relative to Earth. This time, they want to turn planet Earth around! They
somehow want to set up the Saint Root again and enslave more civilisations
afterwards.
Thirty-three Years of Speculation about Gog and Magog
Humanity seems prepared, and especially this year people are extra
tense. A thirty-three is a sign for superstitious people because it is like a
leap year. It turns out to be serious this time! The message is sent to each
country, and the coalition starts the mobilisation of the army.
The space fleet is activated from the Enigma, commanded by the
spaceships Noah’s Ark and the three legendary copies Novice, Node, and
Noelle. Thousands of fighters and other aircraft are in the sky.
The enemy is an immense army of merely an insect-like species that
resembles many other creatures, including hominids, jinn, locusts and even
wasps. These are strong beings with a strong will. Numbering about a
billion, it is estimated, they are coming to Earth at a rapid pace from a
particular sector, all of them from there.
It seems that a front is formed in space. Most of the enemy’s soldiers
can fly in space because of the exoskeletons they wear. The same applies to
the coalition.
The attack on the enemy is launched from multiple places. It seems
that the fleet will not survive this. In that case, ground troops will have to
defeat the enemy infantry soldiers. Earth’s forces must also pay attention to
the portals because if they do not respond quickly to a threat, humanity
cannot form a front against this army of invaders.
Two towering pyramids, a black one and a white one, are heading
straight to Earth, faster than any other vessels, and getting dangerously
close to the fleet. Luckily, no head-on collision occurs. The white pyramid
goes to the South Pole and the black one to the North Pole and they float
above the targeted location. In space, several triangles are seen moving their
orbit towards Matrix Z, probably. In other words, they jump from an X to a
Y, and then they extend it to the Matrix Z+, by sending a Sin-a and
receiving this signal, the Z+ is realised.
The light tunnels with portals are prepared according to an established
plan. Earth should be able to avoid calamity. SOS signals are sent to other
planets. They are sent deep into the Universe. To everyone’s surprise, a
reply is received: ‘I am Zülkarneyn, the leader of the Champions.
Reinforcements are on the way!’
How quickly can they arrive, given the distance? Humanity will
certainly have to try to defend itself in the first instance? Reinforcements
are expected to arrive in ten days.
‘We can do it!’ Shouts the commander of the coalition.
A Bigger Déjà Vu Fight
This is a massive war of attrition, in which the enemy also wants to
use the airspace.
The units say they have spotted many portals, and in some places,
portals have been linked and already activated. More follow. While it is not
normal that so many companions will go into the portals at the same time,
humanity will hit back hard.
The Enigma is linked to the new portal system, the enemy’s system of
portals and the pyramids. Independently of these pyramids, humanity can
move through the portals, linked to the Enigma.
How will the momentum, or the ability to use the time to one’s
advantage, manifest itself? Soldiers, who control the momentum can also
become larger and smaller in the momentum in the portals.
Gog is a worthy fighter in terms of physique. However, in terms of
intelligence, he acts more out of instinct than thought. Gog is the leader,
who will make the difference. Much is expected from this being.
The pyramids seem to be calibrated. In the sky, sensations are
observed, which indicate that planet Earth tilts slightly. Because the
pyramids unbalance the magnetic balance, a time gap is created, from
which light tunnels and portals arise.
The fight is indescribable, a battlefield of Earth's people and Magog,
blood and violence everywhere. Bullets and gunfire outside and in the light
tunnels, people attack the pyramids.
Cooperation is lacking because the command is lacking. People are
fighting purely for survival. Groups of civilians, also armed, of course,
march in the streets with soldiers, taking the fight to the enemy. Everyone
realises it is either fight or die! If no one fights, humanity is in danger!
Transport planes are still invading Earth. Floating vehicles and other
vehicles have been dropped off.
Heavy armament on both sides is killing many. Some enemy soldiers
can charge towards a target and stay in the air for a short time or jump far
using their wings. Their advantage turns into a disadvantage. People often
shoot indiscriminately into the air, when they encounter the swarm.
A week of heavy fighting passes. In most cities, the fighting
continues. However, many regions have fallen to Magog. Most cities are
still in the hands of the command, there is fighting everywhere. There is no
front, and coordination is difficult. Everyone realises the ten-day goal must
be achieved if humanity is to succeed.
On the night of day eight, people hear Magog screeching and
shouting. Everywhere, they intensify the fighting and they fight hastily.
When dawn breaks, more people see the presence above the planet.
Transport ships are visible in several places on Earth. Zülkarneyn has
arrived! The transporters drop off contortionists, praying mantises, all kinds
of jinn, other kinds of hominids and apemen, who have been given
command of these troops.
The fight continues. The commanders urge the soldiers to carry on
and ask them to launch a final assault. The enemy tries to retreat. There is
chaos, total panic for Gog, who finally manages to organise the swarm
within twenty-four hours and leave with what is left, with the two colossi,
the large black and white pyramids. It seems Gog and Zülkarneyn knew
each other before, as their cries to each other have a sentimental touch.
Zülkarneyn and his troops also pack up and announce their departure, after
that of Magog!
What remains, is total devastation across Earth. That within so little
time Earth would suffer so much...
One year later, order reigns again, and people resume their lives.
From Zülkarneyn and Magog come messages. The enemy has done a
lot of damage for the time being, and Gog seems to have been wounded.
Reports come that the being probably will not make it. Another leader has
risen, who does not seem to be as bad, and the new leader is considering a
peace treaty.
In space, Earth’s forces search for Noah’s Ark and the three other
battlecruisers, with which they lost contact. All that is left of the three
additional battlecruisers is a heap of scrap. Noah’s Ark is a different story!
Until the last man they fought. The whole ship has been ripped open.
Research is being done on whether the ship still has a future. After all, the
reactor is still working...
So, this scenario ends. Let us say definitively...
A futuristic scenario has no end or has multiple endings. Infinite
replays can be unleashed on it. Fate will change repeatedly. With each
decision taken, the scenario is rewritten in the future. History is written
every time because time captures it.
Written history must align with reality because rewriting is impossible
with intentions. It must be done through conscious effort.
The End
